1 /*-
2  * Copyright (c) 2012 Chelsio Communications, Inc.
3  * All rights reserved.
4  *
5  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
7  * are met:
8  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
11  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
12  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13  *
14  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
15  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
16  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
17  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
18  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
19  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
20  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
21  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
22  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
23  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
24  * SUCH DAMAGE.
25  */
26 
27 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
28 __FBSDID("$FreeBSD: stable/9/sys/dev/cxgbe/common/t4_hw.c 269083 2014-07-25 00:35:43Z np $");
29 
30 #include "opt_inet.h"
31 
32 #include "common.h"
33 #include "t4_regs.h"
34 #include "t4_regs_values.h"
35 #include "firmware/t4fw_interface.h"
36 
37 #undef msleep
38 #define msleep(x) do { \
39 	if (cold) \
40 		DELAY((x) * 1000); \
41 	else \
42 		pause("t4hw", (x) * hz / 1000); \
43 } while (0)
44 
45 /**
46  *	t4_wait_op_done_val - wait until an operation is completed
47  *	@adapter: the adapter performing the operation
48  *	@reg: the register to check for completion
49  *	@mask: a single-bit field within @reg that indicates completion
50  *	@polarity: the value of the field when the operation is completed
51  *	@attempts: number of check iterations
52  *	@delay: delay in usecs between iterations
53  *	@valp: where to store the value of the register at completion time
54  *
55  *	Wait until an operation is completed by checking a bit in a register
56  *	up to @attempts times.  If @valp is not NULL the value of the register
57  *	at the time it indicated completion is stored there.  Returns 0 if the
58  *	operation completes and	-EAGAIN	otherwise.
59  */
t4_wait_op_done_val(struct adapter * adapter,int reg,u32 mask,int polarity,int attempts,int delay,u32 * valp)60 int t4_wait_op_done_val(struct adapter *adapter, int reg, u32 mask,
61 		        int polarity, int attempts, int delay, u32 *valp)
62 {
63 	while (1) {
64 		u32 val = t4_read_reg(adapter, reg);
65 
66 		if (!!(val & mask) == polarity) {
67 			if (valp)
68 				*valp = val;
69 			return 0;
70 		}
71 		if (--attempts == 0)
72 			return -EAGAIN;
73 		if (delay)
74 			udelay(delay);
75 	}
76 }
77 
78 /**
79  *	t4_set_reg_field - set a register field to a value
80  *	@adapter: the adapter to program
81  *	@addr: the register address
82  *	@mask: specifies the portion of the register to modify
83  *	@val: the new value for the register field
84  *
85  *	Sets a register field specified by the supplied mask to the
86  *	given value.
87  */
t4_set_reg_field(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int addr,u32 mask,u32 val)88 void t4_set_reg_field(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr, u32 mask,
89 		      u32 val)
90 {
91 	u32 v = t4_read_reg(adapter, addr) & ~mask;
92 
93 	t4_write_reg(adapter, addr, v | val);
94 	(void) t4_read_reg(adapter, addr);      /* flush */
95 }
96 
97 /**
98  *	t4_read_indirect - read indirectly addressed registers
99  *	@adap: the adapter
100  *	@addr_reg: register holding the indirect address
101  *	@data_reg: register holding the value of the indirect register
102  *	@vals: where the read register values are stored
103  *	@nregs: how many indirect registers to read
104  *	@start_idx: index of first indirect register to read
105  *
106  *	Reads registers that are accessed indirectly through an address/data
107  *	register pair.
108  */
t4_read_indirect(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr_reg,unsigned int data_reg,u32 * vals,unsigned int nregs,unsigned int start_idx)109 void t4_read_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr_reg,
110 		      unsigned int data_reg, u32 *vals, unsigned int nregs,
111 		      unsigned int start_idx)
112 {
113 	while (nregs--) {
114 		t4_write_reg(adap, addr_reg, start_idx);
115 		*vals++ = t4_read_reg(adap, data_reg);
116 		start_idx++;
117 	}
118 }
119 
120 /**
121  *	t4_write_indirect - write indirectly addressed registers
122  *	@adap: the adapter
123  *	@addr_reg: register holding the indirect addresses
124  *	@data_reg: register holding the value for the indirect registers
125  *	@vals: values to write
126  *	@nregs: how many indirect registers to write
127  *	@start_idx: address of first indirect register to write
128  *
129  *	Writes a sequential block of registers that are accessed indirectly
130  *	through an address/data register pair.
131  */
t4_write_indirect(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr_reg,unsigned int data_reg,const u32 * vals,unsigned int nregs,unsigned int start_idx)132 void t4_write_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr_reg,
133 		       unsigned int data_reg, const u32 *vals,
134 		       unsigned int nregs, unsigned int start_idx)
135 {
136 	while (nregs--) {
137 		t4_write_reg(adap, addr_reg, start_idx++);
138 		t4_write_reg(adap, data_reg, *vals++);
139 	}
140 }
141 
142 /*
143  * Read a 32-bit PCI Configuration Space register via the PCI-E backdoor
144  * mechanism.  This guarantees that we get the real value even if we're
145  * operating within a Virtual Machine and the Hypervisor is trapping our
146  * Configuration Space accesses.
147  */
t4_hw_pci_read_cfg4(adapter_t * adap,int reg)148 u32 t4_hw_pci_read_cfg4(adapter_t *adap, int reg)
149 {
150 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_PCIE_CFG_SPACE_REQ,
151 		     F_ENABLE | F_LOCALCFG | V_FUNCTION(adap->pf) |
152 		     V_REGISTER(reg));
153 	return t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_CFG_SPACE_DATA);
154 }
155 
156 /*
157  *	t4_report_fw_error - report firmware error
158  *	@adap: the adapter
159  *
160  *	The adapter firmware can indicate error conditions to the host.
161  *	This routine prints out the reason for the firmware error (as
162  *	reported by the firmware).
163  */
t4_report_fw_error(struct adapter * adap)164 static void t4_report_fw_error(struct adapter *adap)
165 {
166 	static const char *reason[] = {
167 		"Crash",			/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_CRASH */
168 		"During Device Preparation",	/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_PREP */
169 		"During Device Configuration",	/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_CONF */
170 		"During Device Initialization",	/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_INIT */
171 		"Unexpected Event",		/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_UNEXPECTEDEVENT */
172 		"Insufficient Airflow",		/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_OVERHEAT */
173 		"Device Shutdown",		/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_DEVICESHUTDOWN */
174 		"Reserved",			/* reserved */
175 	};
176 	u32 pcie_fw;
177 
178 	pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW);
179 	if (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
180 		CH_ERR(adap, "Firmware reports adapter error: %s\n",
181 		       reason[G_PCIE_FW_EVAL(pcie_fw)]);
182 }
183 
184 /*
185  * Get the reply to a mailbox command and store it in @rpl in big-endian order.
186  */
get_mbox_rpl(struct adapter * adap,__be64 * rpl,int nflit,u32 mbox_addr)187 static void get_mbox_rpl(struct adapter *adap, __be64 *rpl, int nflit,
188 			 u32 mbox_addr)
189 {
190 	for ( ; nflit; nflit--, mbox_addr += 8)
191 		*rpl++ = cpu_to_be64(t4_read_reg64(adap, mbox_addr));
192 }
193 
194 /*
195  * Handle a FW assertion reported in a mailbox.
196  */
fw_asrt(struct adapter * adap,u32 mbox_addr)197 static void fw_asrt(struct adapter *adap, u32 mbox_addr)
198 {
199 	struct fw_debug_cmd asrt;
200 
201 	get_mbox_rpl(adap, (__be64 *)&asrt, sizeof(asrt) / 8, mbox_addr);
202 	CH_ALERT(adap, "FW assertion at %.16s:%u, val0 %#x, val1 %#x\n",
203 		 asrt.u.assert.filename_0_7, ntohl(asrt.u.assert.line),
204 		 ntohl(asrt.u.assert.x), ntohl(asrt.u.assert.y));
205 }
206 
207 #define X_CIM_PF_NOACCESS 0xeeeeeeee
208 /**
209  *	t4_wr_mbox_meat - send a command to FW through the given mailbox
210  *	@adap: the adapter
211  *	@mbox: index of the mailbox to use
212  *	@cmd: the command to write
213  *	@size: command length in bytes
214  *	@rpl: where to optionally store the reply
215  *	@sleep_ok: if true we may sleep while awaiting command completion
216  *
217  *	Sends the given command to FW through the selected mailbox and waits
218  *	for the FW to execute the command.  If @rpl is not %NULL it is used to
219  *	store the FW's reply to the command.  The command and its optional
220  *	reply are of the same length.  Some FW commands like RESET and
221  *	INITIALIZE can take a considerable amount of time to execute.
222  *	@sleep_ok determines whether we may sleep while awaiting the response.
223  *	If sleeping is allowed we use progressive backoff otherwise we spin.
224  *
225  *	The return value is 0 on success or a negative errno on failure.  A
226  *	failure can happen either because we are not able to execute the
227  *	command or FW executes it but signals an error.  In the latter case
228  *	the return value is the error code indicated by FW (negated).
229  */
t4_wr_mbox_meat(struct adapter * adap,int mbox,const void * cmd,int size,void * rpl,bool sleep_ok)230 int t4_wr_mbox_meat(struct adapter *adap, int mbox, const void *cmd, int size,
231 		    void *rpl, bool sleep_ok)
232 {
233 	/*
234 	 * We delay in small increments at first in an effort to maintain
235 	 * responsiveness for simple, fast executing commands but then back
236 	 * off to larger delays to a maximum retry delay.
237 	 */
238 	static const int delay[] = {
239 		1, 1, 3, 5, 10, 10, 20, 50, 100
240 	};
241 
242 	u32 v;
243 	u64 res;
244 	int i, ms, delay_idx;
245 	const __be64 *p = cmd;
246 	u32 data_reg = PF_REG(mbox, A_CIM_PF_MAILBOX_DATA);
247 	u32 ctl_reg = PF_REG(mbox, A_CIM_PF_MAILBOX_CTRL);
248 
249 	if ((size & 15) || size > MBOX_LEN)
250 		return -EINVAL;
251 
252 	v = G_MBOWNER(t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg));
253 	for (i = 0; v == X_MBOWNER_NONE && i < 3; i++)
254 		v = G_MBOWNER(t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg));
255 
256 	if (v != X_MBOWNER_PL)
257 		return v ? -EBUSY : -ETIMEDOUT;
258 
259 	for (i = 0; i < size; i += 8, p++)
260 		t4_write_reg64(adap, data_reg + i, be64_to_cpu(*p));
261 
262 	t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg, F_MBMSGVALID | V_MBOWNER(X_MBOWNER_FW));
263 	t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg);          /* flush write */
264 
265 	delay_idx = 0;
266 	ms = delay[0];
267 
268 	for (i = 0; i < FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT; i += ms) {
269 		if (sleep_ok) {
270 			ms = delay[delay_idx];  /* last element may repeat */
271 			if (delay_idx < ARRAY_SIZE(delay) - 1)
272 				delay_idx++;
273 			msleep(ms);
274 		} else
275 			mdelay(ms);
276 
277 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg);
278 		if (v == X_CIM_PF_NOACCESS)
279 			continue;
280 		if (G_MBOWNER(v) == X_MBOWNER_PL) {
281 			if (!(v & F_MBMSGVALID)) {
282 				t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg,
283 					     V_MBOWNER(X_MBOWNER_NONE));
284 				continue;
285 			}
286 
287 			res = t4_read_reg64(adap, data_reg);
288 			if (G_FW_CMD_OP(res >> 32) == FW_DEBUG_CMD) {
289 				fw_asrt(adap, data_reg);
290 				res = V_FW_CMD_RETVAL(EIO);
291 			} else if (rpl)
292 				get_mbox_rpl(adap, rpl, size / 8, data_reg);
293 			t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg, V_MBOWNER(X_MBOWNER_NONE));
294 			return -G_FW_CMD_RETVAL((int)res);
295 		}
296 	}
297 
298 	/*
299 	 * We timed out waiting for a reply to our mailbox command.  Report
300 	 * the error and also check to see if the firmware reported any
301 	 * errors ...
302 	 */
303 	CH_ERR(adap, "command %#x in mailbox %d timed out\n",
304 	       *(const u8 *)cmd, mbox);
305 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
306 		t4_report_fw_error(adap);
307 	return -ETIMEDOUT;
308 }
309 
310 /**
311  *	t4_mc_read - read from MC through backdoor accesses
312  *	@adap: the adapter
313  *	@idx: which MC to access
314  *	@addr: address of first byte requested
315  *	@data: 64 bytes of data containing the requested address
316  *	@ecc: where to store the corresponding 64-bit ECC word
317  *
318  *	Read 64 bytes of data from MC starting at a 64-byte-aligned address
319  *	that covers the requested address @addr.  If @parity is not %NULL it
320  *	is assigned the 64-bit ECC word for the read data.
321  */
t4_mc_read(struct adapter * adap,int idx,u32 addr,__be32 * data,u64 * ecc)322 int t4_mc_read(struct adapter *adap, int idx, u32 addr, __be32 *data, u64 *ecc)
323 {
324 	int i;
325 	u32 mc_bist_cmd_reg, mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, mc_bist_cmd_len_reg;
326 	u32 mc_bist_status_rdata_reg, mc_bist_data_pattern_reg;
327 
328 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
329 		mc_bist_cmd_reg = A_MC_BIST_CMD;
330 		mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = A_MC_BIST_CMD_ADDR;
331 		mc_bist_cmd_len_reg = A_MC_BIST_CMD_LEN;
332 		mc_bist_status_rdata_reg = A_MC_BIST_STATUS_RDATA;
333 		mc_bist_data_pattern_reg = A_MC_BIST_DATA_PATTERN;
334 	} else {
335 		mc_bist_cmd_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_CMD, idx);
336 		mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_CMD_ADDR, idx);
337 		mc_bist_cmd_len_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_CMD_LEN, idx);
338 		mc_bist_status_rdata_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_STATUS_RDATA,
339 						  idx);
340 		mc_bist_data_pattern_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_DATA_PATTERN,
341 						  idx);
342 	}
343 
344 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_reg) & F_START_BIST)
345 		return -EBUSY;
346 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, addr & ~0x3fU);
347 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_len_reg, 64);
348 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_data_pattern_reg, 0xc);
349 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_reg, V_BIST_OPCODE(1) |
350 		     F_START_BIST | V_BIST_CMD_GAP(1));
351 	i = t4_wait_op_done(adap, mc_bist_cmd_reg, F_START_BIST, 0, 10, 1);
352 	if (i)
353 		return i;
354 
355 #define MC_DATA(i) MC_BIST_STATUS_REG(mc_bist_status_rdata_reg, i)
356 
357 	for (i = 15; i >= 0; i--)
358 		*data++ = ntohl(t4_read_reg(adap, MC_DATA(i)));
359 	if (ecc)
360 		*ecc = t4_read_reg64(adap, MC_DATA(16));
361 #undef MC_DATA
362 	return 0;
363 }
364 
365 /**
366  *	t4_edc_read - read from EDC through backdoor accesses
367  *	@adap: the adapter
368  *	@idx: which EDC to access
369  *	@addr: address of first byte requested
370  *	@data: 64 bytes of data containing the requested address
371  *	@ecc: where to store the corresponding 64-bit ECC word
372  *
373  *	Read 64 bytes of data from EDC starting at a 64-byte-aligned address
374  *	that covers the requested address @addr.  If @parity is not %NULL it
375  *	is assigned the 64-bit ECC word for the read data.
376  */
t4_edc_read(struct adapter * adap,int idx,u32 addr,__be32 * data,u64 * ecc)377 int t4_edc_read(struct adapter *adap, int idx, u32 addr, __be32 *data, u64 *ecc)
378 {
379 	int i;
380 	u32 edc_bist_cmd_reg, edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, edc_bist_cmd_len_reg;
381 	u32 edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern, edc_bist_status_rdata_reg;
382 
383 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
384 		edc_bist_cmd_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_CMD, idx);
385 		edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_CMD_ADDR, idx);
386 		edc_bist_cmd_len_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_CMD_LEN, idx);
387 		edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_DATA_PATTERN,
388 						    idx);
389 		edc_bist_status_rdata_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_STATUS_RDATA,
390 						    idx);
391 	} else {
392 /*
393  * These macro are missing in t4_regs.h file.
394  * Added temporarily for testing.
395  */
396 #define EDC_STRIDE_T5 (EDC_T51_BASE_ADDR - EDC_T50_BASE_ADDR)
397 #define EDC_REG_T5(reg, idx) (reg + EDC_STRIDE_T5 * idx)
398 		edc_bist_cmd_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_CMD, idx);
399 		edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_CMD_ADDR, idx);
400 		edc_bist_cmd_len_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_CMD_LEN, idx);
401 		edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_DATA_PATTERN,
402 						    idx);
403 		edc_bist_status_rdata_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_STATUS_RDATA,
404 						    idx);
405 #undef EDC_REG_T5
406 #undef EDC_STRIDE_T5
407 	}
408 
409 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_reg) & F_START_BIST)
410 		return -EBUSY;
411 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, addr & ~0x3fU);
412 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_len_reg, 64);
413 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern, 0xc);
414 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_reg,
415 		     V_BIST_OPCODE(1) | V_BIST_CMD_GAP(1) | F_START_BIST);
416 	i = t4_wait_op_done(adap, edc_bist_cmd_reg, F_START_BIST, 0, 10, 1);
417 	if (i)
418 		return i;
419 
420 #define EDC_DATA(i) EDC_BIST_STATUS_REG(edc_bist_status_rdata_reg, i)
421 
422 	for (i = 15; i >= 0; i--)
423 		*data++ = ntohl(t4_read_reg(adap, EDC_DATA(i)));
424 	if (ecc)
425 		*ecc = t4_read_reg64(adap, EDC_DATA(16));
426 #undef EDC_DATA
427 	return 0;
428 }
429 
430 /**
431  *	t4_mem_read - read EDC 0, EDC 1 or MC into buffer
432  *	@adap: the adapter
433  *	@mtype: memory type: MEM_EDC0, MEM_EDC1 or MEM_MC
434  *	@addr: address within indicated memory type
435  *	@len: amount of memory to read
436  *	@buf: host memory buffer
437  *
438  *	Reads an [almost] arbitrary memory region in the firmware: the
439  *	firmware memory address, length and host buffer must be aligned on
440  *	32-bit boudaries.  The memory is returned as a raw byte sequence from
441  *	the firmware's memory.  If this memory contains data structures which
442  *	contain multi-byte integers, it's the callers responsibility to
443  *	perform appropriate byte order conversions.
444  */
t4_mem_read(struct adapter * adap,int mtype,u32 addr,u32 len,__be32 * buf)445 int t4_mem_read(struct adapter *adap, int mtype, u32 addr, u32 len,
446 		__be32 *buf)
447 {
448 	u32 pos, start, end, offset;
449 	int ret;
450 
451 	/*
452 	 * Argument sanity checks ...
453 	 */
454 	if ((addr & 0x3) || (len & 0x3))
455 		return -EINVAL;
456 
457 	/*
458 	 * The underlaying EDC/MC read routines read 64 bytes at a time so we
459 	 * need to round down the start and round up the end.  We'll start
460 	 * copying out of the first line at (addr - start) a word at a time.
461 	 */
462 	start = addr & ~(64-1);
463 	end = (addr + len + 64-1) & ~(64-1);
464 	offset = (addr - start)/sizeof(__be32);
465 
466 	for (pos = start; pos < end; pos += 64, offset = 0) {
467 		__be32 data[16];
468 
469 		/*
470 		 * Read the chip's memory block and bail if there's an error.
471 		 */
472 		if ((mtype == MEM_MC) || (mtype == MEM_MC1))
473 			ret = t4_mc_read(adap, mtype - MEM_MC, pos, data, NULL);
474 		else
475 			ret = t4_edc_read(adap, mtype, pos, data, NULL);
476 		if (ret)
477 			return ret;
478 
479 		/*
480 		 * Copy the data into the caller's memory buffer.
481 		 */
482 		while (offset < 16 && len > 0) {
483 			*buf++ = data[offset++];
484 			len -= sizeof(__be32);
485 		}
486 	}
487 
488 	return 0;
489 }
490 
491 /*
492  * Partial EEPROM Vital Product Data structure.  Includes only the ID and
493  * VPD-R header.
494  */
495 struct t4_vpd_hdr {
496 	u8  id_tag;
497 	u8  id_len[2];
498 	u8  id_data[ID_LEN];
499 	u8  vpdr_tag;
500 	u8  vpdr_len[2];
501 };
502 
503 /*
504  * EEPROM reads take a few tens of us while writes can take a bit over 5 ms.
505  */
506 #define EEPROM_MAX_RD_POLL 40
507 #define EEPROM_MAX_WR_POLL 6
508 #define EEPROM_STAT_ADDR   0x7bfc
509 #define VPD_BASE           0x400
510 #define VPD_BASE_OLD       0
511 #define VPD_LEN            1024
512 #define VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE	3
513 #define CHELSIO_VPD_UNIQUE_ID 0x82
514 
515 /**
516  *	t4_seeprom_read - read a serial EEPROM location
517  *	@adapter: adapter to read
518  *	@addr: EEPROM virtual address
519  *	@data: where to store the read data
520  *
521  *	Read a 32-bit word from a location in serial EEPROM using the card's PCI
522  *	VPD capability.  Note that this function must be called with a virtual
523  *	address.
524  */
t4_seeprom_read(struct adapter * adapter,u32 addr,u32 * data)525 int t4_seeprom_read(struct adapter *adapter, u32 addr, u32 *data)
526 {
527 	u16 val;
528 	int attempts = EEPROM_MAX_RD_POLL;
529 	unsigned int base = adapter->params.pci.vpd_cap_addr;
530 
531 	if (addr >= EEPROMVSIZE || (addr & 3))
532 		return -EINVAL;
533 
534 	t4_os_pci_write_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR, (u16)addr);
535 	do {
536 		udelay(10);
537 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR, &val);
538 	} while (!(val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F) && --attempts);
539 
540 	if (!(val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F)) {
541 		CH_ERR(adapter, "reading EEPROM address 0x%x failed\n", addr);
542 		return -EIO;
543 	}
544 	t4_os_pci_read_cfg4(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_DATA, data);
545 	*data = le32_to_cpu(*data);
546 	return 0;
547 }
548 
549 /**
550  *	t4_seeprom_write - write a serial EEPROM location
551  *	@adapter: adapter to write
552  *	@addr: virtual EEPROM address
553  *	@data: value to write
554  *
555  *	Write a 32-bit word to a location in serial EEPROM using the card's PCI
556  *	VPD capability.  Note that this function must be called with a virtual
557  *	address.
558  */
t4_seeprom_write(struct adapter * adapter,u32 addr,u32 data)559 int t4_seeprom_write(struct adapter *adapter, u32 addr, u32 data)
560 {
561 	u16 val;
562 	int attempts = EEPROM_MAX_WR_POLL;
563 	unsigned int base = adapter->params.pci.vpd_cap_addr;
564 
565 	if (addr >= EEPROMVSIZE || (addr & 3))
566 		return -EINVAL;
567 
568 	t4_os_pci_write_cfg4(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_DATA,
569 				 cpu_to_le32(data));
570 	t4_os_pci_write_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR,
571 				 (u16)addr | PCI_VPD_ADDR_F);
572 	do {
573 		msleep(1);
574 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR, &val);
575 	} while ((val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F) && --attempts);
576 
577 	if (val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F) {
578 		CH_ERR(adapter, "write to EEPROM address 0x%x failed\n", addr);
579 		return -EIO;
580 	}
581 	return 0;
582 }
583 
584 /**
585  *	t4_eeprom_ptov - translate a physical EEPROM address to virtual
586  *	@phys_addr: the physical EEPROM address
587  *	@fn: the PCI function number
588  *	@sz: size of function-specific area
589  *
590  *	Translate a physical EEPROM address to virtual.  The first 1K is
591  *	accessed through virtual addresses starting at 31K, the rest is
592  *	accessed through virtual addresses starting at 0.
593  *
594  *	The mapping is as follows:
595  *	[0..1K) -> [31K..32K)
596  *	[1K..1K+A) -> [ES-A..ES)
597  *	[1K+A..ES) -> [0..ES-A-1K)
598  *
599  *	where A = @fn * @sz, and ES = EEPROM size.
600  */
t4_eeprom_ptov(unsigned int phys_addr,unsigned int fn,unsigned int sz)601 int t4_eeprom_ptov(unsigned int phys_addr, unsigned int fn, unsigned int sz)
602 {
603 	fn *= sz;
604 	if (phys_addr < 1024)
605 		return phys_addr + (31 << 10);
606 	if (phys_addr < 1024 + fn)
607 		return EEPROMSIZE - fn + phys_addr - 1024;
608 	if (phys_addr < EEPROMSIZE)
609 		return phys_addr - 1024 - fn;
610 	return -EINVAL;
611 }
612 
613 /**
614  *	t4_seeprom_wp - enable/disable EEPROM write protection
615  *	@adapter: the adapter
616  *	@enable: whether to enable or disable write protection
617  *
618  *	Enables or disables write protection on the serial EEPROM.
619  */
t4_seeprom_wp(struct adapter * adapter,int enable)620 int t4_seeprom_wp(struct adapter *adapter, int enable)
621 {
622 	return t4_seeprom_write(adapter, EEPROM_STAT_ADDR, enable ? 0xc : 0);
623 }
624 
625 /**
626  *	get_vpd_keyword_val - Locates an information field keyword in the VPD
627  *	@v: Pointer to buffered vpd data structure
628  *	@kw: The keyword to search for
629  *
630  *	Returns the value of the information field keyword or
631  *	-ENOENT otherwise.
632  */
get_vpd_keyword_val(const struct t4_vpd_hdr * v,const char * kw)633 static int get_vpd_keyword_val(const struct t4_vpd_hdr *v, const char *kw)
634 {
635          int i;
636 	 unsigned int offset , len;
637 	 const u8 *buf = &v->id_tag;
638 	 const u8 *vpdr_len = &v->vpdr_tag;
639 	 offset = sizeof(struct t4_vpd_hdr);
640 	 len =  (u16)vpdr_len[1] + ((u16)vpdr_len[2] << 8);
641 
642 	 if (len + sizeof(struct t4_vpd_hdr) > VPD_LEN) {
643 		 return -ENOENT;
644 	 }
645 
646          for (i = offset; i + VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE <= offset + len;) {
647 		 if(memcmp(buf + i , kw , 2) == 0){
648 			 i += VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE;
649                          return i;
650 		  }
651 
652                  i += VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + buf[i+2];
653          }
654 
655          return -ENOENT;
656 }
657 
658 
659 /**
660  *	get_vpd_params - read VPD parameters from VPD EEPROM
661  *	@adapter: adapter to read
662  *	@p: where to store the parameters
663  *
664  *	Reads card parameters stored in VPD EEPROM.
665  */
get_vpd_params(struct adapter * adapter,struct vpd_params * p)666 static int get_vpd_params(struct adapter *adapter, struct vpd_params *p)
667 {
668 	int i, ret, addr;
669 	int ec, sn, pn, na;
670 	u8 vpd[VPD_LEN], csum;
671 	const struct t4_vpd_hdr *v;
672 
673 	/*
674 	 * Card information normally starts at VPD_BASE but early cards had
675 	 * it at 0.
676 	 */
677 	ret = t4_seeprom_read(adapter, VPD_BASE, (u32 *)(vpd));
678 	addr = *vpd == CHELSIO_VPD_UNIQUE_ID ? VPD_BASE : VPD_BASE_OLD;
679 
680 	for (i = 0; i < sizeof(vpd); i += 4) {
681 		ret = t4_seeprom_read(adapter, addr + i, (u32 *)(vpd + i));
682 		if (ret)
683 			return ret;
684 	}
685  	v = (const struct t4_vpd_hdr *)vpd;
686 
687 #define FIND_VPD_KW(var,name) do { \
688 	var = get_vpd_keyword_val(v , name); \
689 	if (var < 0) { \
690 		CH_ERR(adapter, "missing VPD keyword " name "\n"); \
691 		return -EINVAL; \
692 	} \
693 } while (0)
694 
695 	FIND_VPD_KW(i, "RV");
696 	for (csum = 0; i >= 0; i--)
697 		csum += vpd[i];
698 
699 	if (csum) {
700 		CH_ERR(adapter, "corrupted VPD EEPROM, actual csum %u\n", csum);
701 		return -EINVAL;
702 	}
703 	FIND_VPD_KW(ec, "EC");
704 	FIND_VPD_KW(sn, "SN");
705 	FIND_VPD_KW(pn, "PN");
706 	FIND_VPD_KW(na, "NA");
707 #undef FIND_VPD_KW
708 
709 	memcpy(p->id, v->id_data, ID_LEN);
710 	strstrip(p->id);
711 	memcpy(p->ec, vpd + ec, EC_LEN);
712 	strstrip(p->ec);
713 	i = vpd[sn - VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + 2];
714 	memcpy(p->sn, vpd + sn, min(i, SERNUM_LEN));
715 	strstrip(p->sn);
716 	i = vpd[pn - VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + 2];
717 	memcpy(p->pn, vpd + pn, min(i, PN_LEN));
718 	strstrip((char *)p->pn);
719 	i = vpd[na - VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + 2];
720 	memcpy(p->na, vpd + na, min(i, MACADDR_LEN));
721 	strstrip((char *)p->na);
722 
723 	return 0;
724 }
725 
726 /* serial flash and firmware constants and flash config file constants */
727 enum {
728 	SF_ATTEMPTS = 10,             /* max retries for SF operations */
729 
730 	/* flash command opcodes */
731 	SF_PROG_PAGE    = 2,          /* program page */
732 	SF_WR_DISABLE   = 4,          /* disable writes */
733 	SF_RD_STATUS    = 5,          /* read status register */
734 	SF_WR_ENABLE    = 6,          /* enable writes */
735 	SF_RD_DATA_FAST = 0xb,        /* read flash */
736 	SF_RD_ID        = 0x9f,       /* read ID */
737 	SF_ERASE_SECTOR = 0xd8,       /* erase sector */
738 };
739 
740 /**
741  *	sf1_read - read data from the serial flash
742  *	@adapter: the adapter
743  *	@byte_cnt: number of bytes to read
744  *	@cont: whether another operation will be chained
745  *	@lock: whether to lock SF for PL access only
746  *	@valp: where to store the read data
747  *
748  *	Reads up to 4 bytes of data from the serial flash.  The location of
749  *	the read needs to be specified prior to calling this by issuing the
750  *	appropriate commands to the serial flash.
751  */
sf1_read(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int byte_cnt,int cont,int lock,u32 * valp)752 static int sf1_read(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int byte_cnt, int cont,
753 		    int lock, u32 *valp)
754 {
755 	int ret;
756 
757 	if (!byte_cnt || byte_cnt > 4)
758 		return -EINVAL;
759 	if (t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP) & F_BUSY)
760 		return -EBUSY;
761 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP,
762 		     V_SF_LOCK(lock) | V_CONT(cont) | V_BYTECNT(byte_cnt - 1));
763 	ret = t4_wait_op_done(adapter, A_SF_OP, F_BUSY, 0, SF_ATTEMPTS, 5);
764 	if (!ret)
765 		*valp = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SF_DATA);
766 	return ret;
767 }
768 
769 /**
770  *	sf1_write - write data to the serial flash
771  *	@adapter: the adapter
772  *	@byte_cnt: number of bytes to write
773  *	@cont: whether another operation will be chained
774  *	@lock: whether to lock SF for PL access only
775  *	@val: value to write
776  *
777  *	Writes up to 4 bytes of data to the serial flash.  The location of
778  *	the write needs to be specified prior to calling this by issuing the
779  *	appropriate commands to the serial flash.
780  */
sf1_write(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int byte_cnt,int cont,int lock,u32 val)781 static int sf1_write(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int byte_cnt, int cont,
782 		     int lock, u32 val)
783 {
784 	if (!byte_cnt || byte_cnt > 4)
785 		return -EINVAL;
786 	if (t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP) & F_BUSY)
787 		return -EBUSY;
788 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_DATA, val);
789 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, V_SF_LOCK(lock) |
790 		     V_CONT(cont) | V_BYTECNT(byte_cnt - 1) | V_OP(1));
791 	return t4_wait_op_done(adapter, A_SF_OP, F_BUSY, 0, SF_ATTEMPTS, 5);
792 }
793 
794 /**
795  *	flash_wait_op - wait for a flash operation to complete
796  *	@adapter: the adapter
797  *	@attempts: max number of polls of the status register
798  *	@delay: delay between polls in ms
799  *
800  *	Wait for a flash operation to complete by polling the status register.
801  */
flash_wait_op(struct adapter * adapter,int attempts,int delay)802 static int flash_wait_op(struct adapter *adapter, int attempts, int delay)
803 {
804 	int ret;
805 	u32 status;
806 
807 	while (1) {
808 		if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 1, 1, SF_RD_STATUS)) != 0 ||
809 		    (ret = sf1_read(adapter, 1, 0, 1, &status)) != 0)
810 			return ret;
811 		if (!(status & 1))
812 			return 0;
813 		if (--attempts == 0)
814 			return -EAGAIN;
815 		if (delay)
816 			msleep(delay);
817 	}
818 }
819 
820 /**
821  *	t4_read_flash - read words from serial flash
822  *	@adapter: the adapter
823  *	@addr: the start address for the read
824  *	@nwords: how many 32-bit words to read
825  *	@data: where to store the read data
826  *	@byte_oriented: whether to store data as bytes or as words
827  *
828  *	Read the specified number of 32-bit words from the serial flash.
829  *	If @byte_oriented is set the read data is stored as a byte array
830  *	(i.e., big-endian), otherwise as 32-bit words in the platform's
831  *	natural endianess.
832  */
t4_read_flash(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int addr,unsigned int nwords,u32 * data,int byte_oriented)833 int t4_read_flash(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr,
834 		  unsigned int nwords, u32 *data, int byte_oriented)
835 {
836 	int ret;
837 
838 	if (addr + nwords * sizeof(u32) > adapter->params.sf_size || (addr & 3))
839 		return -EINVAL;
840 
841 	addr = swab32(addr) | SF_RD_DATA_FAST;
842 
843 	if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 1, 0, addr)) != 0 ||
844 	    (ret = sf1_read(adapter, 1, 1, 0, data)) != 0)
845 		return ret;
846 
847 	for ( ; nwords; nwords--, data++) {
848 		ret = sf1_read(adapter, 4, nwords > 1, nwords == 1, data);
849 		if (nwords == 1)
850 			t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
851 		if (ret)
852 			return ret;
853 		if (byte_oriented)
854 			*data = htonl(*data);
855 	}
856 	return 0;
857 }
858 
859 /**
860  *	t4_write_flash - write up to a page of data to the serial flash
861  *	@adapter: the adapter
862  *	@addr: the start address to write
863  *	@n: length of data to write in bytes
864  *	@data: the data to write
865  *	@byte_oriented: whether to store data as bytes or as words
866  *
867  *	Writes up to a page of data (256 bytes) to the serial flash starting
868  *	at the given address.  All the data must be written to the same page.
869  *	If @byte_oriented is set the write data is stored as byte stream
870  *	(i.e. matches what on disk), otherwise in big-endian.
871  */
t4_write_flash(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,const u8 * data,int byte_oriented)872 static int t4_write_flash(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr,
873 			  unsigned int n, const u8 *data, int byte_oriented)
874 {
875 	int ret;
876 	u32 buf[SF_PAGE_SIZE / 4];
877 	unsigned int i, c, left, val, offset = addr & 0xff;
878 
879 	if (addr >= adapter->params.sf_size || offset + n > SF_PAGE_SIZE)
880 		return -EINVAL;
881 
882 	val = swab32(addr) | SF_PROG_PAGE;
883 
884 	if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 0, 1, SF_WR_ENABLE)) != 0 ||
885 	    (ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 1, 1, val)) != 0)
886 		goto unlock;
887 
888 	for (left = n; left; left -= c) {
889 		c = min(left, 4U);
890 		for (val = 0, i = 0; i < c; ++i)
891 			val = (val << 8) + *data++;
892 
893 		if (!byte_oriented)
894 			val = htonl(val);
895 
896 		ret = sf1_write(adapter, c, c != left, 1, val);
897 		if (ret)
898 			goto unlock;
899 	}
900 	ret = flash_wait_op(adapter, 8, 1);
901 	if (ret)
902 		goto unlock;
903 
904 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
905 
906 	/* Read the page to verify the write succeeded */
907 	ret = t4_read_flash(adapter, addr & ~0xff, ARRAY_SIZE(buf), buf,
908 			    byte_oriented);
909 	if (ret)
910 		return ret;
911 
912 	if (memcmp(data - n, (u8 *)buf + offset, n)) {
913 		CH_ERR(adapter, "failed to correctly write the flash page "
914 		       "at %#x\n", addr);
915 		return -EIO;
916 	}
917 	return 0;
918 
919 unlock:
920 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
921 	return ret;
922 }
923 
924 /**
925  *	t4_get_fw_version - read the firmware version
926  *	@adapter: the adapter
927  *	@vers: where to place the version
928  *
929  *	Reads the FW version from flash.
930  */
t4_get_fw_version(struct adapter * adapter,u32 * vers)931 int t4_get_fw_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
932 {
933 	return t4_read_flash(adapter,
934 			     FLASH_FW_START + offsetof(struct fw_hdr, fw_ver), 1,
935 			     vers, 0);
936 }
937 
938 /**
939  *	t4_get_tp_version - read the TP microcode version
940  *	@adapter: the adapter
941  *	@vers: where to place the version
942  *
943  *	Reads the TP microcode version from flash.
944  */
t4_get_tp_version(struct adapter * adapter,u32 * vers)945 int t4_get_tp_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
946 {
947 	return t4_read_flash(adapter, FLASH_FW_START + offsetof(struct fw_hdr,
948 							      tp_microcode_ver),
949 			     1, vers, 0);
950 }
951 
952 /**
953  *	t4_check_fw_version - check if the FW is compatible with this driver
954  *	@adapter: the adapter
955  *
956  *	Checks if an adapter's FW is compatible with the driver.  Returns 0
957  *	if there's exact match, a negative error if the version could not be
958  *	read or there's a major version mismatch, and a positive value if the
959  *	expected major version is found but there's a minor version mismatch.
960  */
t4_check_fw_version(struct adapter * adapter)961 int t4_check_fw_version(struct adapter *adapter)
962 {
963 	int ret, major, minor, micro;
964 	int exp_major, exp_minor, exp_micro;
965 
966 	ret = t4_get_fw_version(adapter, &adapter->params.fw_vers);
967 	if (!ret)
968 		ret = t4_get_tp_version(adapter, &adapter->params.tp_vers);
969 	if (ret)
970 		return ret;
971 
972 	major = G_FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR(adapter->params.fw_vers);
973 	minor = G_FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR(adapter->params.fw_vers);
974 	micro = G_FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO(adapter->params.fw_vers);
975 
976 	switch (chip_id(adapter)) {
977 	case CHELSIO_T4:
978 		exp_major = T4FW_VERSION_MAJOR;
979 		exp_minor = T4FW_VERSION_MINOR;
980 		exp_micro = T4FW_VERSION_MICRO;
981 		break;
982 	case CHELSIO_T5:
983 		exp_major = T5FW_VERSION_MAJOR;
984 		exp_minor = T5FW_VERSION_MINOR;
985 		exp_micro = T5FW_VERSION_MICRO;
986 		break;
987 	default:
988 		CH_ERR(adapter, "Unsupported chip type, %x\n",
989 		    chip_id(adapter));
990 		return -EINVAL;
991 	}
992 
993 	if (major != exp_major) {            /* major mismatch - fail */
994 		CH_ERR(adapter, "card FW has major version %u, driver wants "
995 		       "%u\n", major, exp_major);
996 		return -EINVAL;
997 	}
998 
999 	if (minor == exp_minor && micro == exp_micro)
1000 		return 0;                                   /* perfect match */
1001 
1002 	/* Minor/micro version mismatch.  Report it but often it's OK. */
1003 	return 1;
1004 }
1005 
1006 /**
1007  *	t4_flash_erase_sectors - erase a range of flash sectors
1008  *	@adapter: the adapter
1009  *	@start: the first sector to erase
1010  *	@end: the last sector to erase
1011  *
1012  *	Erases the sectors in the given inclusive range.
1013  */
t4_flash_erase_sectors(struct adapter * adapter,int start,int end)1014 static int t4_flash_erase_sectors(struct adapter *adapter, int start, int end)
1015 {
1016 	int ret = 0;
1017 
1018 	while (start <= end) {
1019 		if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 0, 1, SF_WR_ENABLE)) != 0 ||
1020 		    (ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 0, 1,
1021 				     SF_ERASE_SECTOR | (start << 8))) != 0 ||
1022 		    (ret = flash_wait_op(adapter, 14, 500)) != 0) {
1023 			CH_ERR(adapter, "erase of flash sector %d failed, "
1024 			       "error %d\n", start, ret);
1025 			break;
1026 		}
1027 		start++;
1028 	}
1029 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
1030 	return ret;
1031 }
1032 
1033 /**
1034  *	t4_flash_cfg_addr - return the address of the flash configuration file
1035  *	@adapter: the adapter
1036  *
1037  *	Return the address within the flash where the Firmware Configuration
1038  *	File is stored, or an error if the device FLASH is too small to contain
1039  *	a Firmware Configuration File.
1040  */
t4_flash_cfg_addr(struct adapter * adapter)1041 int t4_flash_cfg_addr(struct adapter *adapter)
1042 {
1043 	/*
1044 	 * If the device FLASH isn't large enough to hold a Firmware
1045 	 * Configuration File, return an error.
1046 	 */
1047 	if (adapter->params.sf_size < FLASH_CFG_START + FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE)
1048 		return -ENOSPC;
1049 
1050 	return FLASH_CFG_START;
1051 }
1052 
1053 /**
1054  *	t4_load_cfg - download config file
1055  *	@adap: the adapter
1056  *	@cfg_data: the cfg text file to write
1057  *	@size: text file size
1058  *
1059  *	Write the supplied config text file to the card's serial flash.
1060  */
t4_load_cfg(struct adapter * adap,const u8 * cfg_data,unsigned int size)1061 int t4_load_cfg(struct adapter *adap, const u8 *cfg_data, unsigned int size)
1062 {
1063 	int ret, i, n, cfg_addr;
1064 	unsigned int addr;
1065 	unsigned int flash_cfg_start_sec;
1066 	unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
1067 
1068 	cfg_addr = t4_flash_cfg_addr(adap);
1069 	if (cfg_addr < 0)
1070 		return cfg_addr;
1071 
1072 	addr = cfg_addr;
1073 	flash_cfg_start_sec = addr / SF_SEC_SIZE;
1074 
1075 	if (size > FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE) {
1076 		CH_ERR(adap, "cfg file too large, max is %u bytes\n",
1077 		       FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE);
1078 		return -EFBIG;
1079 	}
1080 
1081 	i = DIV_ROUND_UP(FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE,	/* # of sectors spanned */
1082 			 sf_sec_size);
1083 	ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, flash_cfg_start_sec,
1084 				     flash_cfg_start_sec + i - 1);
1085 	/*
1086 	 * If size == 0 then we're simply erasing the FLASH sectors associated
1087 	 * with the on-adapter Firmware Configuration File.
1088 	 */
1089 	if (ret || size == 0)
1090 		goto out;
1091 
1092 	/* this will write to the flash up to SF_PAGE_SIZE at a time */
1093 	for (i = 0; i< size; i+= SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
1094 		if ( (size - i) <  SF_PAGE_SIZE)
1095 			n = size - i;
1096 		else
1097 			n = SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1098 		ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, n, cfg_data, 1);
1099 		if (ret)
1100 			goto out;
1101 
1102 		addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1103 		cfg_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1104 	}
1105 
1106 out:
1107 	if (ret)
1108 		CH_ERR(adap, "config file %s failed %d\n",
1109 		       (size == 0 ? "clear" : "download"), ret);
1110 	return ret;
1111 }
1112 
1113 
1114 /**
1115  *	t4_load_fw - download firmware
1116  *	@adap: the adapter
1117  *	@fw_data: the firmware image to write
1118  *	@size: image size
1119  *
1120  *	Write the supplied firmware image to the card's serial flash.
1121  */
t4_load_fw(struct adapter * adap,const u8 * fw_data,unsigned int size)1122 int t4_load_fw(struct adapter *adap, const u8 *fw_data, unsigned int size)
1123 {
1124 	u32 csum;
1125 	int ret, addr;
1126 	unsigned int i;
1127 	u8 first_page[SF_PAGE_SIZE];
1128 	const u32 *p = (const u32 *)fw_data;
1129 	const struct fw_hdr *hdr = (const struct fw_hdr *)fw_data;
1130 	unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
1131 	unsigned int fw_start_sec;
1132 	unsigned int fw_start;
1133 	unsigned int fw_size;
1134 
1135 	if (ntohl(hdr->magic) == FW_HDR_MAGIC_BOOTSTRAP) {
1136 		fw_start_sec = FLASH_FWBOOTSTRAP_START_SEC;
1137 		fw_start = FLASH_FWBOOTSTRAP_START;
1138 		fw_size = FLASH_FWBOOTSTRAP_MAX_SIZE;
1139 	} else {
1140 		fw_start_sec = FLASH_FW_START_SEC;
1141  		fw_start = FLASH_FW_START;
1142 		fw_size = FLASH_FW_MAX_SIZE;
1143 	}
1144 	if (!size) {
1145 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image has no data\n");
1146 		return -EINVAL;
1147 	}
1148 	if (size & 511) {
1149 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image size not multiple of 512 bytes\n");
1150 		return -EINVAL;
1151 	}
1152 	if (ntohs(hdr->len512) * 512 != size) {
1153 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image size differs from size in FW header\n");
1154 		return -EINVAL;
1155 	}
1156 	if (size > fw_size) {
1157 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image too large, max is %u bytes\n", fw_size);
1158 		return -EFBIG;
1159 	}
1160 	if ((is_t4(adap) && hdr->chip != FW_HDR_CHIP_T4) ||
1161 	    (is_t5(adap) && hdr->chip != FW_HDR_CHIP_T5)) {
1162 		CH_ERR(adap,
1163 		    "FW image (%d) is not suitable for this adapter (%d)\n",
1164 		    hdr->chip, chip_id(adap));
1165 		return -EINVAL;
1166 	}
1167 
1168 	for (csum = 0, i = 0; i < size / sizeof(csum); i++)
1169 		csum += ntohl(p[i]);
1170 
1171 	if (csum != 0xffffffff) {
1172 		CH_ERR(adap, "corrupted firmware image, checksum %#x\n",
1173 		       csum);
1174 		return -EINVAL;
1175 	}
1176 
1177 	i = DIV_ROUND_UP(size, sf_sec_size);        /* # of sectors spanned */
1178 	ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, fw_start_sec, fw_start_sec + i - 1);
1179 	if (ret)
1180 		goto out;
1181 
1182 	/*
1183 	 * We write the correct version at the end so the driver can see a bad
1184 	 * version if the FW write fails.  Start by writing a copy of the
1185 	 * first page with a bad version.
1186 	 */
1187 	memcpy(first_page, fw_data, SF_PAGE_SIZE);
1188 	((struct fw_hdr *)first_page)->fw_ver = htonl(0xffffffff);
1189 	ret = t4_write_flash(adap, fw_start, SF_PAGE_SIZE, first_page, 1);
1190 	if (ret)
1191 		goto out;
1192 
1193 	addr = fw_start;
1194 	for (size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE; size; size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
1195 		addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1196 		fw_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1197 		ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, SF_PAGE_SIZE, fw_data, 1);
1198 		if (ret)
1199 			goto out;
1200 	}
1201 
1202 	ret = t4_write_flash(adap,
1203 			     fw_start + offsetof(struct fw_hdr, fw_ver),
1204 			     sizeof(hdr->fw_ver), (const u8 *)&hdr->fw_ver, 1);
1205 out:
1206 	if (ret)
1207 		CH_ERR(adap, "firmware download failed, error %d\n", ret);
1208 	return ret;
1209 }
1210 
1211 /* BIOS boot headers */
1212 typedef struct pci_expansion_rom_header {
1213 	u8	signature[2]; /* ROM Signature. Should be 0xaa55 */
1214 	u8	reserved[22]; /* Reserved per processor Architecture data */
1215 	u8	pcir_offset[2]; /* Offset to PCI Data Structure */
1216 } pci_exp_rom_header_t; /* PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER */
1217 
1218 /* Legacy PCI Expansion ROM Header */
1219 typedef struct legacy_pci_expansion_rom_header {
1220 	u8	signature[2]; /* ROM Signature. Should be 0xaa55 */
1221 	u8	size512; /* Current Image Size in units of 512 bytes */
1222 	u8	initentry_point[4];
1223 	u8	cksum; /* Checksum computed on the entire Image */
1224 	u8	reserved[16]; /* Reserved */
1225 	u8	pcir_offset[2]; /* Offset to PCI Data Struture */
1226 } legacy_pci_exp_rom_header_t; /* LEGACY_PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER */
1227 
1228 /* EFI PCI Expansion ROM Header */
1229 typedef struct efi_pci_expansion_rom_header {
1230 	u8	signature[2]; // ROM signature. The value 0xaa55
1231 	u8	initialization_size[2]; /* Units 512. Includes this header */
1232 	u8	efi_signature[4]; /* Signature from EFI image header. 0x0EF1 */
1233 	u8	efi_subsystem[2]; /* Subsystem value for EFI image header */
1234 	u8	efi_machine_type[2]; /* Machine type from EFI image header */
1235 	u8	compression_type[2]; /* Compression type. */
1236 		/*
1237 		 * Compression type definition
1238 		 * 0x0: uncompressed
1239 		 * 0x1: Compressed
1240 		 * 0x2-0xFFFF: Reserved
1241 		 */
1242 	u8	reserved[8]; /* Reserved */
1243 	u8	efi_image_header_offset[2]; /* Offset to EFI Image */
1244 	u8	pcir_offset[2]; /* Offset to PCI Data Structure */
1245 } efi_pci_exp_rom_header_t; /* EFI PCI Expansion ROM Header */
1246 
1247 /* PCI Data Structure Format */
1248 typedef struct pcir_data_structure { /* PCI Data Structure */
1249 	u8	signature[4]; /* Signature. The string "PCIR" */
1250 	u8	vendor_id[2]; /* Vendor Identification */
1251 	u8	device_id[2]; /* Device Identification */
1252 	u8	vital_product[2]; /* Pointer to Vital Product Data */
1253 	u8	length[2]; /* PCIR Data Structure Length */
1254 	u8	revision; /* PCIR Data Structure Revision */
1255 	u8	class_code[3]; /* Class Code */
1256 	u8	image_length[2]; /* Image Length. Multiple of 512B */
1257 	u8	code_revision[2]; /* Revision Level of Code/Data */
1258 	u8	code_type; /* Code Type. */
1259 		/*
1260 		 * PCI Expansion ROM Code Types
1261 		 * 0x00: Intel IA-32, PC-AT compatible. Legacy
1262 		 * 0x01: Open Firmware standard for PCI. FCODE
1263 		 * 0x02: Hewlett-Packard PA RISC. HP reserved
1264 		 * 0x03: EFI Image. EFI
1265 		 * 0x04-0xFF: Reserved.
1266 		 */
1267 	u8	indicator; /* Indicator. Identifies the last image in the ROM */
1268 	u8	reserved[2]; /* Reserved */
1269 } pcir_data_t; /* PCI__DATA_STRUCTURE */
1270 
1271 /* BOOT constants */
1272 enum {
1273 	BOOT_FLASH_BOOT_ADDR = 0x0,/* start address of boot image in flash */
1274 	BOOT_SIGNATURE = 0xaa55,   /* signature of BIOS boot ROM */
1275 	BOOT_SIZE_INC = 512,       /* image size measured in 512B chunks */
1276 	BOOT_MIN_SIZE = sizeof(pci_exp_rom_header_t), /* basic header */
1277 	BOOT_MAX_SIZE = 1024*BOOT_SIZE_INC, /* 1 byte * length increment  */
1278 	VENDOR_ID = 0x1425, /* Vendor ID */
1279 	PCIR_SIGNATURE = 0x52494350 /* PCIR signature */
1280 };
1281 
1282 /*
1283  *	modify_device_id - Modifies the device ID of the Boot BIOS image
1284  *	@adatper: the device ID to write.
1285  *	@boot_data: the boot image to modify.
1286  *
1287  *	Write the supplied device ID to the boot BIOS image.
1288  */
modify_device_id(int device_id,u8 * boot_data)1289 static void modify_device_id(int device_id, u8 *boot_data)
1290 {
1291 	legacy_pci_exp_rom_header_t *header;
1292 	pcir_data_t *pcir_header;
1293 	u32 cur_header = 0;
1294 
1295 	/*
1296 	 * Loop through all chained images and change the device ID's
1297 	 */
1298 	while (1) {
1299 		header = (legacy_pci_exp_rom_header_t *) &boot_data[cur_header];
1300 		pcir_header = (pcir_data_t *) &boot_data[cur_header +
1301 		    le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)header->pcir_offset)];
1302 
1303 		/*
1304 		 * Only modify the Device ID if code type is Legacy or HP.
1305 		 * 0x00: Okay to modify
1306 		 * 0x01: FCODE. Do not be modify
1307 		 * 0x03: Okay to modify
1308 		 * 0x04-0xFF: Do not modify
1309 		 */
1310 		if (pcir_header->code_type == 0x00) {
1311 			u8 csum = 0;
1312 			int i;
1313 
1314 			/*
1315 			 * Modify Device ID to match current adatper
1316 			 */
1317 			*(u16*) pcir_header->device_id = device_id;
1318 
1319 			/*
1320 			 * Set checksum temporarily to 0.
1321 			 * We will recalculate it later.
1322 			 */
1323 			header->cksum = 0x0;
1324 
1325 			/*
1326 			 * Calculate and update checksum
1327 			 */
1328 			for (i = 0; i < (header->size512 * 512); i++)
1329 				csum += (u8)boot_data[cur_header + i];
1330 
1331 			/*
1332 			 * Invert summed value to create the checksum
1333 			 * Writing new checksum value directly to the boot data
1334 			 */
1335 			boot_data[cur_header + 7] = -csum;
1336 
1337 		} else if (pcir_header->code_type == 0x03) {
1338 
1339 			/*
1340 			 * Modify Device ID to match current adatper
1341 			 */
1342 			*(u16*) pcir_header->device_id = device_id;
1343 
1344 		}
1345 
1346 
1347 		/*
1348 		 * Check indicator element to identify if this is the last
1349 		 * image in the ROM.
1350 		 */
1351 		if (pcir_header->indicator & 0x80)
1352 			break;
1353 
1354 		/*
1355 		 * Move header pointer up to the next image in the ROM.
1356 		 */
1357 		cur_header += header->size512 * 512;
1358 	}
1359 }
1360 
1361 /*
1362  *	t4_load_boot - download boot flash
1363  *	@adapter: the adapter
1364  *	@boot_data: the boot image to write
1365  *	@boot_addr: offset in flash to write boot_data
1366  *	@size: image size
1367  *
1368  *	Write the supplied boot image to the card's serial flash.
1369  *	The boot image has the following sections: a 28-byte header and the
1370  *	boot image.
1371  */
t4_load_boot(struct adapter * adap,u8 * boot_data,unsigned int boot_addr,unsigned int size)1372 int t4_load_boot(struct adapter *adap, u8 *boot_data,
1373 		 unsigned int boot_addr, unsigned int size)
1374 {
1375 	pci_exp_rom_header_t *header;
1376 	int pcir_offset ;
1377 	pcir_data_t *pcir_header;
1378 	int ret, addr;
1379 	uint16_t device_id;
1380 	unsigned int i;
1381 	unsigned int boot_sector = boot_addr * 1024;
1382 	unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
1383 
1384 	/*
1385 	 * Make sure the boot image does not encroach on the firmware region
1386 	 */
1387 	if ((boot_sector + size) >> 16 > FLASH_FW_START_SEC) {
1388 		CH_ERR(adap, "boot image encroaching on firmware region\n");
1389 		return -EFBIG;
1390 	}
1391 
1392 	/*
1393 	 * Number of sectors spanned
1394 	 */
1395 	i = DIV_ROUND_UP(size ? size : FLASH_BOOTCFG_MAX_SIZE,
1396 			sf_sec_size);
1397 	ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, boot_sector >> 16,
1398 				     (boot_sector >> 16) + i - 1);
1399 
1400 	/*
1401 	 * If size == 0 then we're simply erasing the FLASH sectors associated
1402 	 * with the on-adapter option ROM file
1403 	 */
1404 	if (ret || (size == 0))
1405 		goto out;
1406 
1407 	/* Get boot header */
1408 	header = (pci_exp_rom_header_t *)boot_data;
1409 	pcir_offset = le16_to_cpu(*(u16 *)header->pcir_offset);
1410 	/* PCIR Data Structure */
1411 	pcir_header = (pcir_data_t *) &boot_data[pcir_offset];
1412 
1413 	/*
1414 	 * Perform some primitive sanity testing to avoid accidentally
1415 	 * writing garbage over the boot sectors.  We ought to check for
1416 	 * more but it's not worth it for now ...
1417 	 */
1418 	if (size < BOOT_MIN_SIZE || size > BOOT_MAX_SIZE) {
1419 		CH_ERR(adap, "boot image too small/large\n");
1420 		return -EFBIG;
1421 	}
1422 
1423 	/*
1424 	 * Check BOOT ROM header signature
1425 	 */
1426 	if (le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)header->signature) != BOOT_SIGNATURE ) {
1427 		CH_ERR(adap, "Boot image missing signature\n");
1428 		return -EINVAL;
1429 	}
1430 
1431 	/*
1432 	 * Check PCI header signature
1433 	 */
1434 	if (le32_to_cpu(*(u32*)pcir_header->signature) != PCIR_SIGNATURE) {
1435 		CH_ERR(adap, "PCI header missing signature\n");
1436 		return -EINVAL;
1437 	}
1438 
1439 	/*
1440 	 * Check Vendor ID matches Chelsio ID
1441 	 */
1442 	if (le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)pcir_header->vendor_id) != VENDOR_ID) {
1443 		CH_ERR(adap, "Vendor ID missing signature\n");
1444 		return -EINVAL;
1445 	}
1446 
1447 	/*
1448 	 * Retrieve adapter's device ID
1449 	 */
1450 	t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adap, PCI_DEVICE_ID, &device_id);
1451 	/* Want to deal with PF 0 so I strip off PF 4 indicator */
1452 	device_id = (device_id & 0xff) | 0x4000;
1453 
1454 	/*
1455 	 * Check PCIE Device ID
1456 	 */
1457 	if (le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)pcir_header->device_id) != device_id) {
1458 		/*
1459 		 * Change the device ID in the Boot BIOS image to match
1460 		 * the Device ID of the current adapter.
1461 		 */
1462 		modify_device_id(device_id, boot_data);
1463 	}
1464 
1465 	/*
1466 	 * Skip over the first SF_PAGE_SIZE worth of data and write it after
1467 	 * we finish copying the rest of the boot image. This will ensure
1468 	 * that the BIOS boot header will only be written if the boot image
1469 	 * was written in full.
1470 	 */
1471 	addr = boot_sector;
1472 	for (size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE; size; size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
1473 		addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1474 		boot_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1475 		ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, SF_PAGE_SIZE, boot_data, 0);
1476 		if (ret)
1477 			goto out;
1478 	}
1479 
1480 	ret = t4_write_flash(adap, boot_sector, SF_PAGE_SIZE, boot_data, 0);
1481 
1482 out:
1483 	if (ret)
1484 		CH_ERR(adap, "boot image download failed, error %d\n", ret);
1485 	return ret;
1486 }
1487 
1488 /**
1489  *	t4_read_cimq_cfg - read CIM queue configuration
1490  *	@adap: the adapter
1491  *	@base: holds the queue base addresses in bytes
1492  *	@size: holds the queue sizes in bytes
1493  *	@thres: holds the queue full thresholds in bytes
1494  *
1495  *	Returns the current configuration of the CIM queues, starting with
1496  *	the IBQs, then the OBQs.
1497  */
t4_read_cimq_cfg(struct adapter * adap,u16 * base,u16 * size,u16 * thres)1498 void t4_read_cimq_cfg(struct adapter *adap, u16 *base, u16 *size, u16 *thres)
1499 {
1500 	unsigned int i, v;
1501 	int cim_num_obq = is_t4(adap) ? CIM_NUM_OBQ : CIM_NUM_OBQ_T5;
1502 
1503 	for (i = 0; i < CIM_NUM_IBQ; i++) {
1504 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF, F_IBQSELECT |
1505 			     V_QUENUMSELECT(i));
1506 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL);
1507 		*base++ = G_CIMQBASE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1508 		*size++ = G_CIMQSIZE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1509 		*thres++ = G_QUEFULLTHRSH(v) * 8;   /* 8-byte unit */
1510 	}
1511 	for (i = 0; i < cim_num_obq; i++) {
1512 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF, F_OBQSELECT |
1513 			     V_QUENUMSELECT(i));
1514 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL);
1515 		*base++ = G_CIMQBASE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1516 		*size++ = G_CIMQSIZE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1517 	}
1518 }
1519 
1520 /**
1521  *	t4_read_cim_ibq - read the contents of a CIM inbound queue
1522  *	@adap: the adapter
1523  *	@qid: the queue index
1524  *	@data: where to store the queue contents
1525  *	@n: capacity of @data in 32-bit words
1526  *
1527  *	Reads the contents of the selected CIM queue starting at address 0 up
1528  *	to the capacity of @data.  @n must be a multiple of 4.  Returns < 0 on
1529  *	error and the number of 32-bit words actually read on success.
1530  */
t4_read_cim_ibq(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int qid,u32 * data,size_t n)1531 int t4_read_cim_ibq(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int qid, u32 *data, size_t n)
1532 {
1533 	int i, err;
1534 	unsigned int addr;
1535 	const unsigned int nwords = CIM_IBQ_SIZE * 4;
1536 
1537 	if (qid > 5 || (n & 3))
1538 		return -EINVAL;
1539 
1540 	addr = qid * nwords;
1541 	if (n > nwords)
1542 		n = nwords;
1543 
1544 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, addr++) {
1545 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG, V_IBQDBGADDR(addr) |
1546 			     F_IBQDBGEN);
1547 		/*
1548 		 * It might take 3-10ms before the IBQ debug read access is
1549 		 * allowed.  Wait for 1 Sec with a delay of 1 usec.
1550 		 */
1551 		err = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG, F_IBQDBGBUSY, 0,
1552 				      1000000, 1);
1553 		if (err)
1554 			return err;
1555 		*data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_DATA);
1556 	}
1557 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG, 0);
1558 	return i;
1559 }
1560 
1561 /**
1562  *	t4_read_cim_obq - read the contents of a CIM outbound queue
1563  *	@adap: the adapter
1564  *	@qid: the queue index
1565  *	@data: where to store the queue contents
1566  *	@n: capacity of @data in 32-bit words
1567  *
1568  *	Reads the contents of the selected CIM queue starting at address 0 up
1569  *	to the capacity of @data.  @n must be a multiple of 4.  Returns < 0 on
1570  *	error and the number of 32-bit words actually read on success.
1571  */
t4_read_cim_obq(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int qid,u32 * data,size_t n)1572 int t4_read_cim_obq(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int qid, u32 *data, size_t n)
1573 {
1574 	int i, err;
1575 	unsigned int addr, v, nwords;
1576 	int cim_num_obq = is_t4(adap) ? CIM_NUM_OBQ : CIM_NUM_OBQ_T5;
1577 
1578 	if (qid >= cim_num_obq || (n & 3))
1579 		return -EINVAL;
1580 
1581 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF, F_OBQSELECT |
1582 		     V_QUENUMSELECT(qid));
1583 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL);
1584 
1585 	addr = G_CIMQBASE(v) * 64;    /* muliple of 256 -> muliple of 4 */
1586 	nwords = G_CIMQSIZE(v) * 64;  /* same */
1587 	if (n > nwords)
1588 		n = nwords;
1589 
1590 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, addr++) {
1591 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG, V_OBQDBGADDR(addr) |
1592 			     F_OBQDBGEN);
1593 		err = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG, F_OBQDBGBUSY, 0,
1594 				      2, 1);
1595 		if (err)
1596 			return err;
1597 		*data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_DATA);
1598 	}
1599 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG, 0);
1600 	return i;
1601 }
1602 
1603 enum {
1604 	CIM_QCTL_BASE     = 0,
1605 	CIM_CTL_BASE      = 0x2000,
1606 	CIM_PBT_ADDR_BASE = 0x2800,
1607 	CIM_PBT_LRF_BASE  = 0x3000,
1608 	CIM_PBT_DATA_BASE = 0x3800
1609 };
1610 
1611 /**
1612  *	t4_cim_read - read a block from CIM internal address space
1613  *	@adap: the adapter
1614  *	@addr: the start address within the CIM address space
1615  *	@n: number of words to read
1616  *	@valp: where to store the result
1617  *
1618  *	Reads a block of 4-byte words from the CIM intenal address space.
1619  */
t4_cim_read(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,unsigned int * valp)1620 int t4_cim_read(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
1621 		unsigned int *valp)
1622 {
1623 	int ret = 0;
1624 
1625 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL) & F_HOSTBUSY)
1626 		return -EBUSY;
1627 
1628 	for ( ; !ret && n--; addr += 4) {
1629 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, addr);
1630 		ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, F_HOSTBUSY,
1631 				      0, 5, 2);
1632 		if (!ret)
1633 			*valp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_DATA);
1634 	}
1635 	return ret;
1636 }
1637 
1638 /**
1639  *	t4_cim_write - write a block into CIM internal address space
1640  *	@adap: the adapter
1641  *	@addr: the start address within the CIM address space
1642  *	@n: number of words to write
1643  *	@valp: set of values to write
1644  *
1645  *	Writes a block of 4-byte words into the CIM intenal address space.
1646  */
t4_cim_write(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,const unsigned int * valp)1647 int t4_cim_write(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
1648 		 const unsigned int *valp)
1649 {
1650 	int ret = 0;
1651 
1652 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL) & F_HOSTBUSY)
1653 		return -EBUSY;
1654 
1655 	for ( ; !ret && n--; addr += 4) {
1656 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_DATA, *valp++);
1657 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, addr | F_HOSTWRITE);
1658 		ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, F_HOSTBUSY,
1659 				      0, 5, 2);
1660 	}
1661 	return ret;
1662 }
1663 
t4_cim_write1(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int val)1664 static int t4_cim_write1(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int val)
1665 {
1666 	return t4_cim_write(adap, addr, 1, &val);
1667 }
1668 
1669 /**
1670  *	t4_cim_ctl_read - read a block from CIM control region
1671  *	@adap: the adapter
1672  *	@addr: the start address within the CIM control region
1673  *	@n: number of words to read
1674  *	@valp: where to store the result
1675  *
1676  *	Reads a block of 4-byte words from the CIM control region.
1677  */
t4_cim_ctl_read(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,unsigned int * valp)1678 int t4_cim_ctl_read(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
1679 		    unsigned int *valp)
1680 {
1681 	return t4_cim_read(adap, addr + CIM_CTL_BASE, n, valp);
1682 }
1683 
1684 /**
1685  *	t4_cim_read_la - read CIM LA capture buffer
1686  *	@adap: the adapter
1687  *	@la_buf: where to store the LA data
1688  *	@wrptr: the HW write pointer within the capture buffer
1689  *
1690  *	Reads the contents of the CIM LA buffer with the most recent entry at
1691  *	the end	of the returned data and with the entry at @wrptr first.
1692  *	We try to leave the LA in the running state we find it in.
1693  */
t4_cim_read_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * la_buf,unsigned int * wrptr)1694 int t4_cim_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *la_buf, unsigned int *wrptr)
1695 {
1696 	int i, ret;
1697 	unsigned int cfg, val, idx;
1698 
1699 	ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 1, &cfg);
1700 	if (ret)
1701 		return ret;
1702 
1703 	if (cfg & F_UPDBGLAEN) {                /* LA is running, freeze it */
1704 		ret = t4_cim_write1(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 0);
1705 		if (ret)
1706 			return ret;
1707 	}
1708 
1709 	ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 1, &val);
1710 	if (ret)
1711 		goto restart;
1712 
1713 	idx = G_UPDBGLAWRPTR(val);
1714 	if (wrptr)
1715 		*wrptr = idx;
1716 
1717 	for (i = 0; i < adap->params.cim_la_size; i++) {
1718 		ret = t4_cim_write1(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG,
1719 				    V_UPDBGLARDPTR(idx) | F_UPDBGLARDEN);
1720 		if (ret)
1721 			break;
1722 		ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 1, &val);
1723 		if (ret)
1724 			break;
1725 		if (val & F_UPDBGLARDEN) {
1726 			ret = -ETIMEDOUT;
1727 			break;
1728 		}
1729 		ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_DATA, 1, &la_buf[i]);
1730 		if (ret)
1731 			break;
1732 		idx = (idx + 1) & M_UPDBGLARDPTR;
1733 	}
1734 restart:
1735 	if (cfg & F_UPDBGLAEN) {
1736 		int r = t4_cim_write1(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG,
1737 				      cfg & ~F_UPDBGLARDEN);
1738 		if (!ret)
1739 			ret = r;
1740 	}
1741 	return ret;
1742 }
1743 
t4_cim_read_pif_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * pif_req,u32 * pif_rsp,unsigned int * pif_req_wrptr,unsigned int * pif_rsp_wrptr)1744 void t4_cim_read_pif_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *pif_req, u32 *pif_rsp,
1745 			unsigned int *pif_req_wrptr,
1746 			unsigned int *pif_rsp_wrptr)
1747 {
1748 	int i, j;
1749 	u32 cfg, val, req, rsp;
1750 
1751 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG);
1752 	if (cfg & F_LADBGEN)
1753 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg ^ F_LADBGEN);
1754 
1755 	val = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGSTS);
1756 	req = G_POLADBGWRPTR(val);
1757 	rsp = G_PILADBGWRPTR(val);
1758 	if (pif_req_wrptr)
1759 		*pif_req_wrptr = req;
1760 	if (pif_rsp_wrptr)
1761 		*pif_rsp_wrptr = rsp;
1762 
1763 	for (i = 0; i < CIM_PIFLA_SIZE; i++) {
1764 		for (j = 0; j < 6; j++) {
1765 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, V_POLADBGRDPTR(req) |
1766 				     V_PILADBGRDPTR(rsp));
1767 			*pif_req++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PO_LA_DEBUGDATA);
1768 			*pif_rsp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PI_LA_DEBUGDATA);
1769 			req++;
1770 			rsp++;
1771 		}
1772 		req = (req + 2) & M_POLADBGRDPTR;
1773 		rsp = (rsp + 2) & M_PILADBGRDPTR;
1774 	}
1775 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg);
1776 }
1777 
t4_cim_read_ma_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * ma_req,u32 * ma_rsp)1778 void t4_cim_read_ma_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *ma_req, u32 *ma_rsp)
1779 {
1780 	u32 cfg;
1781 	int i, j, idx;
1782 
1783 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG);
1784 	if (cfg & F_LADBGEN)
1785 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg ^ F_LADBGEN);
1786 
1787 	for (i = 0; i < CIM_MALA_SIZE; i++) {
1788 		for (j = 0; j < 5; j++) {
1789 			idx = 8 * i + j;
1790 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, V_POLADBGRDPTR(idx) |
1791 				     V_PILADBGRDPTR(idx));
1792 			*ma_req++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PO_LA_MADEBUGDATA);
1793 			*ma_rsp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PI_LA_MADEBUGDATA);
1794 		}
1795 	}
1796 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg);
1797 }
1798 
1799 /**
1800  *	t4_tp_read_la - read TP LA capture buffer
1801  *	@adap: the adapter
1802  *	@la_buf: where to store the LA data
1803  *	@wrptr: the HW write pointer within the capture buffer
1804  *
1805  *	Reads the contents of the TP LA buffer with the most recent entry at
1806  *	the end	of the returned data and with the entry at @wrptr first.
1807  *	We leave the LA in the running state we find it in.
1808  */
t4_tp_read_la(struct adapter * adap,u64 * la_buf,unsigned int * wrptr)1809 void t4_tp_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u64 *la_buf, unsigned int *wrptr)
1810 {
1811 	bool last_incomplete;
1812 	unsigned int i, cfg, val, idx;
1813 
1814 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG) & 0xffff;
1815 	if (cfg & F_DBGLAENABLE)                    /* freeze LA */
1816 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG,
1817 			     adap->params.tp.la_mask | (cfg ^ F_DBGLAENABLE));
1818 
1819 	val = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG);
1820 	idx = G_DBGLAWPTR(val);
1821 	last_incomplete = G_DBGLAMODE(val) >= 2 && (val & F_DBGLAWHLF) == 0;
1822 	if (last_incomplete)
1823 		idx = (idx + 1) & M_DBGLARPTR;
1824 	if (wrptr)
1825 		*wrptr = idx;
1826 
1827 	val &= 0xffff;
1828 	val &= ~V_DBGLARPTR(M_DBGLARPTR);
1829 	val |= adap->params.tp.la_mask;
1830 
1831 	for (i = 0; i < TPLA_SIZE; i++) {
1832 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG, V_DBGLARPTR(idx) | val);
1833 		la_buf[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_DATAL);
1834 		idx = (idx + 1) & M_DBGLARPTR;
1835 	}
1836 
1837 	/* Wipe out last entry if it isn't valid */
1838 	if (last_incomplete)
1839 		la_buf[TPLA_SIZE - 1] = ~0ULL;
1840 
1841 	if (cfg & F_DBGLAENABLE)                    /* restore running state */
1842 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG,
1843 			     cfg | adap->params.tp.la_mask);
1844 }
1845 
t4_ulprx_read_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * la_buf)1846 void t4_ulprx_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *la_buf)
1847 {
1848 	unsigned int i, j;
1849 
1850 	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
1851 		u32 *p = la_buf + i;
1852 
1853 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_CTL, i);
1854 		j = t4_read_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_WRPTR);
1855 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_RDPTR, j);
1856 		for (j = 0; j < ULPRX_LA_SIZE; j++, p += 8)
1857 			*p = t4_read_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_RDDATA);
1858 	}
1859 }
1860 
1861 #define ADVERT_MASK (FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100M | FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_1G |\
1862 		     FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_10G | FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_40G | \
1863 		     FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100G | FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG)
1864 
1865 /**
1866  *	t4_link_start - apply link configuration to MAC/PHY
1867  *	@phy: the PHY to setup
1868  *	@mac: the MAC to setup
1869  *	@lc: the requested link configuration
1870  *
1871  *	Set up a port's MAC and PHY according to a desired link configuration.
1872  *	- If the PHY can auto-negotiate first decide what to advertise, then
1873  *	  enable/disable auto-negotiation as desired, and reset.
1874  *	- If the PHY does not auto-negotiate just reset it.
1875  *	- If auto-negotiation is off set the MAC to the proper speed/duplex/FC,
1876  *	  otherwise do it later based on the outcome of auto-negotiation.
1877  */
t4_link_start(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port,struct link_config * lc)1878 int t4_link_start(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port,
1879 		  struct link_config *lc)
1880 {
1881 	struct fw_port_cmd c;
1882 	unsigned int fc = 0, mdi = V_FW_PORT_CAP_MDI(FW_PORT_CAP_MDI_AUTO);
1883 
1884 	lc->link_ok = 0;
1885 	if (lc->requested_fc & PAUSE_RX)
1886 		fc |= FW_PORT_CAP_FC_RX;
1887 	if (lc->requested_fc & PAUSE_TX)
1888 		fc |= FW_PORT_CAP_FC_TX;
1889 
1890 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
1891 	c.op_to_portid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PORT_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
1892 			       F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(port));
1893 	c.action_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG) |
1894 				  FW_LEN16(c));
1895 
1896 	if (!(lc->supported & FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG)) {
1897 		c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl((lc->supported & ADVERT_MASK) | fc);
1898 		lc->fc = lc->requested_fc & (PAUSE_RX | PAUSE_TX);
1899 	} else if (lc->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE) {
1900 		c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl(lc->requested_speed | fc | mdi);
1901 		lc->fc = lc->requested_fc & (PAUSE_RX | PAUSE_TX);
1902 	} else
1903 		c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl(lc->advertising | fc | mdi);
1904 
1905 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
1906 }
1907 
1908 /**
1909  *	t4_restart_aneg - restart autonegotiation
1910  *	@adap: the adapter
1911  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
1912  *	@port: the port id
1913  *
1914  *	Restarts autonegotiation for the selected port.
1915  */
t4_restart_aneg(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port)1916 int t4_restart_aneg(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port)
1917 {
1918 	struct fw_port_cmd c;
1919 
1920 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
1921 	c.op_to_portid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PORT_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
1922 			       F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(port));
1923 	c.action_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG) |
1924 				  FW_LEN16(c));
1925 	c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl(FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG);
1926 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
1927 }
1928 
1929 struct intr_info {
1930 	unsigned int mask;       /* bits to check in interrupt status */
1931 	const char *msg;         /* message to print or NULL */
1932 	short stat_idx;          /* stat counter to increment or -1 */
1933 	unsigned short fatal;    /* whether the condition reported is fatal */
1934 };
1935 
1936 /**
1937  *	t4_handle_intr_status - table driven interrupt handler
1938  *	@adapter: the adapter that generated the interrupt
1939  *	@reg: the interrupt status register to process
1940  *	@acts: table of interrupt actions
1941  *
1942  *	A table driven interrupt handler that applies a set of masks to an
1943  *	interrupt status word and performs the corresponding actions if the
1944  *	interrupts described by the mask have occured.  The actions include
1945  *	optionally emitting a warning or alert message.  The table is terminated
1946  *	by an entry specifying mask 0.  Returns the number of fatal interrupt
1947  *	conditions.
1948  */
t4_handle_intr_status(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int reg,const struct intr_info * acts)1949 static int t4_handle_intr_status(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int reg,
1950 				 const struct intr_info *acts)
1951 {
1952 	int fatal = 0;
1953 	unsigned int mask = 0;
1954 	unsigned int status = t4_read_reg(adapter, reg);
1955 
1956 	for ( ; acts->mask; ++acts) {
1957 		if (!(status & acts->mask))
1958 			continue;
1959 		if (acts->fatal) {
1960 			fatal++;
1961 			CH_ALERT(adapter, "%s (0x%x)\n",
1962 				 acts->msg, status & acts->mask);
1963 		} else if (acts->msg)
1964 			CH_WARN_RATELIMIT(adapter, "%s (0x%x)\n",
1965 					  acts->msg, status & acts->mask);
1966 		mask |= acts->mask;
1967 	}
1968 	status &= mask;
1969 	if (status)                           /* clear processed interrupts */
1970 		t4_write_reg(adapter, reg, status);
1971 	return fatal;
1972 }
1973 
1974 /*
1975  * Interrupt handler for the PCIE module.
1976  */
pcie_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)1977 static void pcie_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
1978 {
1979 	static struct intr_info sysbus_intr_info[] = {
1980 		{ F_RNPP, "RXNP array parity error", -1, 1 },
1981 		{ F_RPCP, "RXPC array parity error", -1, 1 },
1982 		{ F_RCIP, "RXCIF array parity error", -1, 1 },
1983 		{ F_RCCP, "Rx completions control array parity error", -1, 1 },
1984 		{ F_RFTP, "RXFT array parity error", -1, 1 },
1985 		{ 0 }
1986 	};
1987 	static struct intr_info pcie_port_intr_info[] = {
1988 		{ F_TPCP, "TXPC array parity error", -1, 1 },
1989 		{ F_TNPP, "TXNP array parity error", -1, 1 },
1990 		{ F_TFTP, "TXFT array parity error", -1, 1 },
1991 		{ F_TCAP, "TXCA array parity error", -1, 1 },
1992 		{ F_TCIP, "TXCIF array parity error", -1, 1 },
1993 		{ F_RCAP, "RXCA array parity error", -1, 1 },
1994 		{ F_OTDD, "outbound request TLP discarded", -1, 1 },
1995 		{ F_RDPE, "Rx data parity error", -1, 1 },
1996 		{ F_TDUE, "Tx uncorrectable data error", -1, 1 },
1997 		{ 0 }
1998 	};
1999 	static struct intr_info pcie_intr_info[] = {
2000 		{ F_MSIADDRLPERR, "MSI AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
2001 		{ F_MSIADDRHPERR, "MSI AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
2002 		{ F_MSIDATAPERR, "MSI data parity error", -1, 1 },
2003 		{ F_MSIXADDRLPERR, "MSI-X AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
2004 		{ F_MSIXADDRHPERR, "MSI-X AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
2005 		{ F_MSIXDATAPERR, "MSI-X data parity error", -1, 1 },
2006 		{ F_MSIXDIPERR, "MSI-X DI parity error", -1, 1 },
2007 		{ F_PIOCPLPERR, "PCI PIO completion FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2008 		{ F_PIOREQPERR, "PCI PIO request FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2009 		{ F_TARTAGPERR, "PCI PCI target tag FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2010 		{ F_CCNTPERR, "PCI CMD channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2011 		{ F_CREQPERR, "PCI CMD channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2012 		{ F_CRSPPERR, "PCI CMD channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2013 		{ F_DCNTPERR, "PCI DMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2014 		{ F_DREQPERR, "PCI DMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2015 		{ F_DRSPPERR, "PCI DMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2016 		{ F_HCNTPERR, "PCI HMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2017 		{ F_HREQPERR, "PCI HMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2018 		{ F_HRSPPERR, "PCI HMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2019 		{ F_CFGSNPPERR, "PCI config snoop FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2020 		{ F_FIDPERR, "PCI FID parity error", -1, 1 },
2021 		{ F_INTXCLRPERR, "PCI INTx clear parity error", -1, 1 },
2022 		{ F_MATAGPERR, "PCI MA tag parity error", -1, 1 },
2023 		{ F_PIOTAGPERR, "PCI PIO tag parity error", -1, 1 },
2024 		{ F_RXCPLPERR, "PCI Rx completion parity error", -1, 1 },
2025 		{ F_RXWRPERR, "PCI Rx write parity error", -1, 1 },
2026 		{ F_RPLPERR, "PCI replay buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
2027 		{ F_PCIESINT, "PCI core secondary fault", -1, 1 },
2028 		{ F_PCIEPINT, "PCI core primary fault", -1, 1 },
2029 		{ F_UNXSPLCPLERR, "PCI unexpected split completion error", -1,
2030 		  0 },
2031 		{ 0 }
2032 	};
2033 
2034 	static struct intr_info t5_pcie_intr_info[] = {
2035 		{ F_MSTGRPPERR, "Master Response Read Queue parity error",
2036 		  -1, 1 },
2037 		{ F_MSTTIMEOUTPERR, "Master Timeout FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2038 		{ F_MSIXSTIPERR, "MSI-X STI SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2039 		{ F_MSIXADDRLPERR, "MSI-X AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
2040 		{ F_MSIXADDRHPERR, "MSI-X AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
2041 		{ F_MSIXDATAPERR, "MSI-X data parity error", -1, 1 },
2042 		{ F_MSIXDIPERR, "MSI-X DI parity error", -1, 1 },
2043 		{ F_PIOCPLGRPPERR, "PCI PIO completion Group FIFO parity error",
2044 		  -1, 1 },
2045 		{ F_PIOREQGRPPERR, "PCI PIO request Group FIFO parity error",
2046 		  -1, 1 },
2047 		{ F_TARTAGPERR, "PCI PCI target tag FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2048 		{ F_MSTTAGQPERR, "PCI master tag queue parity error", -1, 1 },
2049 		{ F_CREQPERR, "PCI CMD channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2050 		{ F_CRSPPERR, "PCI CMD channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2051 		{ F_DREQWRPERR, "PCI DMA channel write request parity error",
2052 		  -1, 1 },
2053 		{ F_DREQPERR, "PCI DMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2054 		{ F_DRSPPERR, "PCI DMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2055 		{ F_HREQWRPERR, "PCI HMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2056 		{ F_HREQPERR, "PCI HMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2057 		{ F_HRSPPERR, "PCI HMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2058 		{ F_CFGSNPPERR, "PCI config snoop FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2059 		{ F_FIDPERR, "PCI FID parity error", -1, 1 },
2060 		{ F_VFIDPERR, "PCI INTx clear parity error", -1, 1 },
2061 		{ F_MAGRPPERR, "PCI MA group FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2062 		{ F_PIOTAGPERR, "PCI PIO tag parity error", -1, 1 },
2063 		{ F_IPRXHDRGRPPERR, "PCI IP Rx header group parity error",
2064 		  -1, 1 },
2065 		{ F_IPRXDATAGRPPERR, "PCI IP Rx data group parity error",
2066 		  -1, 1 },
2067 		{ F_RPLPERR, "PCI IP replay buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
2068 		{ F_IPSOTPERR, "PCI IP SOT buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
2069 		{ F_TRGT1GRPPERR, "PCI TRGT1 group FIFOs parity error", -1, 1 },
2070 		{ F_READRSPERR, "Outbound read error", -1,
2071 		  0 },
2072 		{ 0 }
2073 	};
2074 
2075 	int fat;
2076 
2077 	fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter,
2078 				    A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_SYSTEM_BUS_AGENT_STATUS,
2079 				    sysbus_intr_info) +
2080 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter,
2081 				    A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_PCI_EXPRESS_PORT_STATUS,
2082 				    pcie_port_intr_info) +
2083 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_PCIE_INT_CAUSE,
2084 				    is_t4(adapter) ?
2085 				    pcie_intr_info : t5_pcie_intr_info);
2086 	if (fat)
2087 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2088 }
2089 
2090 /*
2091  * TP interrupt handler.
2092  */
tp_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2093 static void tp_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2094 {
2095 	static struct intr_info tp_intr_info[] = {
2096 		{ 0x3fffffff, "TP parity error", -1, 1 },
2097 		{ F_FLMTXFLSTEMPTY, "TP out of Tx pages", -1, 1 },
2098 		{ 0 }
2099 	};
2100 
2101 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_TP_INT_CAUSE, tp_intr_info))
2102 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2103 }
2104 
2105 /*
2106  * SGE interrupt handler.
2107  */
sge_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2108 static void sge_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2109 {
2110 	u64 v;
2111 	u32 err;
2112 
2113 	static struct intr_info sge_intr_info[] = {
2114 		{ F_ERR_CPL_EXCEED_IQE_SIZE,
2115 		  "SGE received CPL exceeding IQE size", -1, 1 },
2116 		{ F_ERR_INVALID_CIDX_INC,
2117 		  "SGE GTS CIDX increment too large", -1, 0 },
2118 		{ F_ERR_CPL_OPCODE_0, "SGE received 0-length CPL", -1, 0 },
2119 		{ F_ERR_DROPPED_DB, "SGE doorbell dropped", -1, 0 },
2120 		{ F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID1 | F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID0,
2121 		  "SGE IQID > 1023 received CPL for FL", -1, 0 },
2122 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX3, "SGE DBP 3 pidx increment too large", -1,
2123 		  0 },
2124 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX2, "SGE DBP 2 pidx increment too large", -1,
2125 		  0 },
2126 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX1, "SGE DBP 1 pidx increment too large", -1,
2127 		  0 },
2128 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX0, "SGE DBP 0 pidx increment too large", -1,
2129 		  0 },
2130 		{ F_ERR_ING_CTXT_PRIO,
2131 		  "SGE too many priority ingress contexts", -1, 0 },
2132 		{ F_ERR_EGR_CTXT_PRIO,
2133 		  "SGE too many priority egress contexts", -1, 0 },
2134 		{ F_INGRESS_SIZE_ERR, "SGE illegal ingress QID", -1, 0 },
2135 		{ F_EGRESS_SIZE_ERR, "SGE illegal egress QID", -1, 0 },
2136 		{ 0 }
2137 	};
2138 
2139 	v = (u64)t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE1) |
2140 	    ((u64)t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE2) << 32);
2141 	if (v) {
2142 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "SGE parity error (%#llx)\n",
2143 			 (unsigned long long)v);
2144 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE1, v);
2145 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE2, v >> 32);
2146 	}
2147 
2148 	v |= t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE3, sge_intr_info);
2149 
2150 	err = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SGE_ERROR_STATS);
2151 	if (err & F_ERROR_QID_VALID) {
2152 		CH_ERR(adapter, "SGE error for queue %u\n", G_ERROR_QID(err));
2153 		if (err & F_UNCAPTURED_ERROR)
2154 			CH_ERR(adapter, "SGE UNCAPTURED_ERROR set (clearing)\n");
2155 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_ERROR_STATS, F_ERROR_QID_VALID |
2156 			     F_UNCAPTURED_ERROR);
2157 	}
2158 
2159 	if (v != 0)
2160 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2161 }
2162 
2163 #define CIM_OBQ_INTR (F_OBQULP0PARERR | F_OBQULP1PARERR | F_OBQULP2PARERR |\
2164 		      F_OBQULP3PARERR | F_OBQSGEPARERR | F_OBQNCSIPARERR)
2165 #define CIM_IBQ_INTR (F_IBQTP0PARERR | F_IBQTP1PARERR | F_IBQULPPARERR |\
2166 		      F_IBQSGEHIPARERR | F_IBQSGELOPARERR | F_IBQNCSIPARERR)
2167 
2168 /*
2169  * CIM interrupt handler.
2170  */
cim_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2171 static void cim_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2172 {
2173 	static struct intr_info cim_intr_info[] = {
2174 		{ F_PREFDROPINT, "CIM control register prefetch drop", -1, 1 },
2175 		{ CIM_OBQ_INTR, "CIM OBQ parity error", -1, 1 },
2176 		{ CIM_IBQ_INTR, "CIM IBQ parity error", -1, 1 },
2177 		{ F_MBUPPARERR, "CIM mailbox uP parity error", -1, 1 },
2178 		{ F_MBHOSTPARERR, "CIM mailbox host parity error", -1, 1 },
2179 		{ F_TIEQINPARERRINT, "CIM TIEQ outgoing parity error", -1, 1 },
2180 		{ F_TIEQOUTPARERRINT, "CIM TIEQ incoming parity error", -1, 1 },
2181 		{ 0 }
2182 	};
2183 	static struct intr_info cim_upintr_info[] = {
2184 		{ F_RSVDSPACEINT, "CIM reserved space access", -1, 1 },
2185 		{ F_ILLTRANSINT, "CIM illegal transaction", -1, 1 },
2186 		{ F_ILLWRINT, "CIM illegal write", -1, 1 },
2187 		{ F_ILLRDINT, "CIM illegal read", -1, 1 },
2188 		{ F_ILLRDBEINT, "CIM illegal read BE", -1, 1 },
2189 		{ F_ILLWRBEINT, "CIM illegal write BE", -1, 1 },
2190 		{ F_SGLRDBOOTINT, "CIM single read from boot space", -1, 1 },
2191 		{ F_SGLWRBOOTINT, "CIM single write to boot space", -1, 1 },
2192 		{ F_BLKWRBOOTINT, "CIM block write to boot space", -1, 1 },
2193 		{ F_SGLRDFLASHINT, "CIM single read from flash space", -1, 1 },
2194 		{ F_SGLWRFLASHINT, "CIM single write to flash space", -1, 1 },
2195 		{ F_BLKWRFLASHINT, "CIM block write to flash space", -1, 1 },
2196 		{ F_SGLRDEEPROMINT, "CIM single EEPROM read", -1, 1 },
2197 		{ F_SGLWREEPROMINT, "CIM single EEPROM write", -1, 1 },
2198 		{ F_BLKRDEEPROMINT, "CIM block EEPROM read", -1, 1 },
2199 		{ F_BLKWREEPROMINT, "CIM block EEPROM write", -1, 1 },
2200 		{ F_SGLRDCTLINT , "CIM single read from CTL space", -1, 1 },
2201 		{ F_SGLWRCTLINT , "CIM single write to CTL space", -1, 1 },
2202 		{ F_BLKRDCTLINT , "CIM block read from CTL space", -1, 1 },
2203 		{ F_BLKWRCTLINT , "CIM block write to CTL space", -1, 1 },
2204 		{ F_SGLRDPLINT , "CIM single read from PL space", -1, 1 },
2205 		{ F_SGLWRPLINT , "CIM single write to PL space", -1, 1 },
2206 		{ F_BLKRDPLINT , "CIM block read from PL space", -1, 1 },
2207 		{ F_BLKWRPLINT , "CIM block write to PL space", -1, 1 },
2208 		{ F_REQOVRLOOKUPINT , "CIM request FIFO overwrite", -1, 1 },
2209 		{ F_RSPOVRLOOKUPINT , "CIM response FIFO overwrite", -1, 1 },
2210 		{ F_TIMEOUTINT , "CIM PIF timeout", -1, 1 },
2211 		{ F_TIMEOUTMAINT , "CIM PIF MA timeout", -1, 1 },
2212 		{ 0 }
2213 	};
2214 	int fat;
2215 
2216 	if (t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
2217 		t4_report_fw_error(adapter);
2218 
2219 	fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_CIM_HOST_INT_CAUSE,
2220 				    cim_intr_info) +
2221 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_CIM_HOST_UPACC_INT_CAUSE,
2222 				    cim_upintr_info);
2223 	if (fat)
2224 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2225 }
2226 
2227 /*
2228  * ULP RX interrupt handler.
2229  */
ulprx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2230 static void ulprx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2231 {
2232 	static struct intr_info ulprx_intr_info[] = {
2233 		{ F_CAUSE_CTX_1, "ULPRX channel 1 context error", -1, 1 },
2234 		{ F_CAUSE_CTX_0, "ULPRX channel 0 context error", -1, 1 },
2235 		{ 0x7fffff, "ULPRX parity error", -1, 1 },
2236 		{ 0 }
2237 	};
2238 
2239 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_ULP_RX_INT_CAUSE, ulprx_intr_info))
2240 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2241 }
2242 
2243 /*
2244  * ULP TX interrupt handler.
2245  */
ulptx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2246 static void ulptx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2247 {
2248 	static struct intr_info ulptx_intr_info[] = {
2249 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH3, "ULPTX channel 3 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2250 		  0 },
2251 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH2, "ULPTX channel 2 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2252 		  0 },
2253 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH1, "ULPTX channel 1 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2254 		  0 },
2255 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH0, "ULPTX channel 0 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2256 		  0 },
2257 		{ 0xfffffff, "ULPTX parity error", -1, 1 },
2258 		{ 0 }
2259 	};
2260 
2261 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_ULP_TX_INT_CAUSE, ulptx_intr_info))
2262 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2263 }
2264 
2265 /*
2266  * PM TX interrupt handler.
2267  */
pmtx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2268 static void pmtx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2269 {
2270 	static struct intr_info pmtx_intr_info[] = {
2271 		{ F_PCMD_LEN_OVFL0, "PMTX channel 0 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
2272 		{ F_PCMD_LEN_OVFL1, "PMTX channel 1 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
2273 		{ F_PCMD_LEN_OVFL2, "PMTX channel 2 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
2274 		{ F_ZERO_C_CMD_ERROR, "PMTX 0-length pcmd", -1, 1 },
2275 		{ 0xffffff0, "PMTX framing error", -1, 1 },
2276 		{ F_OESPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX oespi parity error", -1, 1 },
2277 		{ F_DB_OPTIONS_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX db_options parity error", -1,
2278 		  1 },
2279 		{ F_ICSPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX icspi parity error", -1, 1 },
2280 		{ F_C_PCMD_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX c_pcmd parity error", -1, 1},
2281 		{ 0 }
2282 	};
2283 
2284 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_PM_TX_INT_CAUSE, pmtx_intr_info))
2285 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2286 }
2287 
2288 /*
2289  * PM RX interrupt handler.
2290  */
pmrx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2291 static void pmrx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2292 {
2293 	static struct intr_info pmrx_intr_info[] = {
2294 		{ F_ZERO_E_CMD_ERROR, "PMRX 0-length pcmd", -1, 1 },
2295 		{ 0x3ffff0, "PMRX framing error", -1, 1 },
2296 		{ F_OCSPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX ocspi parity error", -1, 1 },
2297 		{ F_DB_OPTIONS_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX db_options parity error", -1,
2298 		  1 },
2299 		{ F_IESPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX iespi parity error", -1, 1 },
2300 		{ F_E_PCMD_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX e_pcmd parity error", -1, 1},
2301 		{ 0 }
2302 	};
2303 
2304 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_PM_RX_INT_CAUSE, pmrx_intr_info))
2305 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2306 }
2307 
2308 /*
2309  * CPL switch interrupt handler.
2310  */
cplsw_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2311 static void cplsw_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2312 {
2313 	static struct intr_info cplsw_intr_info[] = {
2314 		{ F_CIM_OP_MAP_PERR, "CPLSW CIM op_map parity error", -1, 1 },
2315 		{ F_CIM_OVFL_ERROR, "CPLSW CIM overflow", -1, 1 },
2316 		{ F_TP_FRAMING_ERROR, "CPLSW TP framing error", -1, 1 },
2317 		{ F_SGE_FRAMING_ERROR, "CPLSW SGE framing error", -1, 1 },
2318 		{ F_CIM_FRAMING_ERROR, "CPLSW CIM framing error", -1, 1 },
2319 		{ F_ZERO_SWITCH_ERROR, "CPLSW no-switch error", -1, 1 },
2320 		{ 0 }
2321 	};
2322 
2323 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_CPL_INTR_CAUSE, cplsw_intr_info))
2324 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2325 }
2326 
2327 /*
2328  * LE interrupt handler.
2329  */
le_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2330 static void le_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2331 {
2332 	static struct intr_info le_intr_info[] = {
2333 		{ F_LIPMISS, "LE LIP miss", -1, 0 },
2334 		{ F_LIP0, "LE 0 LIP error", -1, 0 },
2335 		{ F_PARITYERR, "LE parity error", -1, 1 },
2336 		{ F_UNKNOWNCMD, "LE unknown command", -1, 1 },
2337 		{ F_REQQPARERR, "LE request queue parity error", -1, 1 },
2338 		{ 0 }
2339 	};
2340 
2341 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_LE_DB_INT_CAUSE, le_intr_info))
2342 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2343 }
2344 
2345 /*
2346  * MPS interrupt handler.
2347  */
mps_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2348 static void mps_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2349 {
2350 	static struct intr_info mps_rx_intr_info[] = {
2351 		{ 0xffffff, "MPS Rx parity error", -1, 1 },
2352 		{ 0 }
2353 	};
2354 	static struct intr_info mps_tx_intr_info[] = {
2355 		{ V_TPFIFO(M_TPFIFO), "MPS Tx TP FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2356 		{ F_NCSIFIFO, "MPS Tx NC-SI FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2357 		{ V_TXDATAFIFO(M_TXDATAFIFO), "MPS Tx data FIFO parity error",
2358 		  -1, 1 },
2359 		{ V_TXDESCFIFO(M_TXDESCFIFO), "MPS Tx desc FIFO parity error",
2360 		  -1, 1 },
2361 		{ F_BUBBLE, "MPS Tx underflow", -1, 1 },
2362 		{ F_SECNTERR, "MPS Tx SOP/EOP error", -1, 1 },
2363 		{ F_FRMERR, "MPS Tx framing error", -1, 1 },
2364 		{ 0 }
2365 	};
2366 	static struct intr_info mps_trc_intr_info[] = {
2367 		{ V_FILTMEM(M_FILTMEM), "MPS TRC filter parity error", -1, 1 },
2368 		{ V_PKTFIFO(M_PKTFIFO), "MPS TRC packet FIFO parity error", -1,
2369 		  1 },
2370 		{ F_MISCPERR, "MPS TRC misc parity error", -1, 1 },
2371 		{ 0 }
2372 	};
2373 	static struct intr_info mps_stat_sram_intr_info[] = {
2374 		{ 0x1fffff, "MPS statistics SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2375 		{ 0 }
2376 	};
2377 	static struct intr_info mps_stat_tx_intr_info[] = {
2378 		{ 0xfffff, "MPS statistics Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2379 		{ 0 }
2380 	};
2381 	static struct intr_info mps_stat_rx_intr_info[] = {
2382 		{ 0xffffff, "MPS statistics Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2383 		{ 0 }
2384 	};
2385 	static struct intr_info mps_cls_intr_info[] = {
2386 		{ F_MATCHSRAM, "MPS match SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2387 		{ F_MATCHTCAM, "MPS match TCAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2388 		{ F_HASHSRAM, "MPS hash SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2389 		{ 0 }
2390 	};
2391 
2392 	int fat;
2393 
2394 	fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_RX_PERR_INT_CAUSE,
2395 				    mps_rx_intr_info) +
2396 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_TX_INT_CAUSE,
2397 				    mps_tx_intr_info) +
2398 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_TRC_INT_CAUSE,
2399 				    mps_trc_intr_info) +
2400 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_SRAM,
2401 				    mps_stat_sram_intr_info) +
2402 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_TX_FIFO,
2403 				    mps_stat_tx_intr_info) +
2404 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_RX_FIFO,
2405 				    mps_stat_rx_intr_info) +
2406 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_CLS_INT_CAUSE,
2407 				    mps_cls_intr_info);
2408 
2409 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_MPS_INT_CAUSE, 0);
2410 	t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MPS_INT_CAUSE);                    /* flush */
2411 	if (fat)
2412 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2413 }
2414 
2415 #define MEM_INT_MASK (F_PERR_INT_CAUSE | F_ECC_CE_INT_CAUSE | F_ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE)
2416 
2417 /*
2418  * EDC/MC interrupt handler.
2419  */
mem_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter,int idx)2420 static void mem_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter, int idx)
2421 {
2422 	static const char name[3][5] = { "EDC0", "EDC1", "MC" };
2423 
2424 	unsigned int addr, cnt_addr, v;
2425 
2426 	if (idx <= MEM_EDC1) {
2427 		addr = EDC_REG(A_EDC_INT_CAUSE, idx);
2428 		cnt_addr = EDC_REG(A_EDC_ECC_STATUS, idx);
2429 	} else {
2430 		if (is_t4(adapter)) {
2431 			addr = A_MC_INT_CAUSE;
2432 			cnt_addr = A_MC_ECC_STATUS;
2433 		} else {
2434 			addr = A_MC_P_INT_CAUSE;
2435 			cnt_addr = A_MC_P_ECC_STATUS;
2436 		}
2437 	}
2438 
2439 	v = t4_read_reg(adapter, addr) & MEM_INT_MASK;
2440 	if (v & F_PERR_INT_CAUSE)
2441 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "%s FIFO parity error\n", name[idx]);
2442 	if (v & F_ECC_CE_INT_CAUSE) {
2443 		u32 cnt = G_ECC_CECNT(t4_read_reg(adapter, cnt_addr));
2444 
2445 		t4_write_reg(adapter, cnt_addr, V_ECC_CECNT(M_ECC_CECNT));
2446 		CH_WARN_RATELIMIT(adapter,
2447 				  "%u %s correctable ECC data error%s\n",
2448 				  cnt, name[idx], cnt > 1 ? "s" : "");
2449 	}
2450 	if (v & F_ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE)
2451 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "%s uncorrectable ECC data error\n",
2452 			 name[idx]);
2453 
2454 	t4_write_reg(adapter, addr, v);
2455 	if (v & (F_PERR_INT_CAUSE | F_ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE))
2456 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2457 }
2458 
2459 /*
2460  * MA interrupt handler.
2461  */
ma_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2462 static void ma_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2463 {
2464 	u32 v, status = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MA_INT_CAUSE);
2465 
2466 	if (status & F_MEM_PERR_INT_CAUSE)
2467 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "MA parity error, parity status %#x\n",
2468 			 t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS));
2469 	if (status & F_MEM_WRAP_INT_CAUSE) {
2470 		v = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MA_INT_WRAP_STATUS);
2471 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "MA address wrap-around error by client %u to"
2472 			 " address %#x\n", G_MEM_WRAP_CLIENT_NUM(v),
2473 			 G_MEM_WRAP_ADDRESS(v) << 4);
2474 	}
2475 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_MA_INT_CAUSE, status);
2476 	t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2477 }
2478 
2479 /*
2480  * SMB interrupt handler.
2481  */
smb_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2482 static void smb_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2483 {
2484 	static struct intr_info smb_intr_info[] = {
2485 		{ F_MSTTXFIFOPARINT, "SMB master Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2486 		{ F_MSTRXFIFOPARINT, "SMB master Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2487 		{ F_SLVFIFOPARINT, "SMB slave FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2488 		{ 0 }
2489 	};
2490 
2491 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_SMB_INT_CAUSE, smb_intr_info))
2492 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2493 }
2494 
2495 /*
2496  * NC-SI interrupt handler.
2497  */
ncsi_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2498 static void ncsi_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2499 {
2500 	static struct intr_info ncsi_intr_info[] = {
2501 		{ F_CIM_DM_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI CIM parity error", -1, 1 },
2502 		{ F_MPS_DM_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI MPS parity error", -1, 1 },
2503 		{ F_TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2504 		{ F_RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2505 		{ 0 }
2506 	};
2507 
2508 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_NCSI_INT_CAUSE, ncsi_intr_info))
2509 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2510 }
2511 
2512 /*
2513  * XGMAC interrupt handler.
2514  */
xgmac_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap,int port)2515 static void xgmac_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap, int port)
2516 {
2517 	u32 v, int_cause_reg;
2518 
2519 	if (is_t4(adap))
2520 		int_cause_reg = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_INT_CAUSE);
2521 	else
2522 		int_cause_reg = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_INT_CAUSE);
2523 
2524 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, int_cause_reg);
2525 	v &= (F_TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR | F_RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR);
2526 	if (!v)
2527 		return;
2528 
2529 	if (v & F_TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR)
2530 		CH_ALERT(adap, "XGMAC %d Tx FIFO parity error\n", port);
2531 	if (v & F_RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR)
2532 		CH_ALERT(adap, "XGMAC %d Rx FIFO parity error\n", port);
2533 	t4_write_reg(adap, int_cause_reg, v);
2534 	t4_fatal_err(adap);
2535 }
2536 
2537 /*
2538  * PL interrupt handler.
2539  */
pl_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2540 static void pl_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2541 {
2542 	static struct intr_info pl_intr_info[] = {
2543 		{ F_FATALPERR, "Fatal parity error", -1, 1 },
2544 		{ F_PERRVFID, "PL VFID_MAP parity error", -1, 1 },
2545 		{ 0 }
2546 	};
2547 
2548 	static struct intr_info t5_pl_intr_info[] = {
2549 		{ F_PL_BUSPERR, "PL bus parity error", -1, 1 },
2550 		{ F_FATALPERR, "Fatal parity error", -1, 1 },
2551 		{ 0 }
2552 	};
2553 
2554 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_PL_PL_INT_CAUSE,
2555 	    is_t4(adap) ?  pl_intr_info : t5_pl_intr_info))
2556 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2557 }
2558 
2559 #define PF_INTR_MASK (F_PFSW | F_PFCIM)
2560 #define GLBL_INTR_MASK (F_CIM | F_MPS | F_PL | F_PCIE | F_MC | F_EDC0 | \
2561 		F_EDC1 | F_LE | F_TP | F_MA | F_PM_TX | F_PM_RX | F_ULP_RX | \
2562 		F_CPL_SWITCH | F_SGE | F_ULP_TX)
2563 
2564 /**
2565  *	t4_slow_intr_handler - control path interrupt handler
2566  *	@adapter: the adapter
2567  *
2568  *	T4 interrupt handler for non-data global interrupt events, e.g., errors.
2569  *	The designation 'slow' is because it involves register reads, while
2570  *	data interrupts typically don't involve any MMIOs.
2571  */
t4_slow_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2572 int t4_slow_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2573 {
2574 	u32 cause = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE);
2575 
2576 	if (!(cause & GLBL_INTR_MASK))
2577 		return 0;
2578 	if (cause & F_CIM)
2579 		cim_intr_handler(adapter);
2580 	if (cause & F_MPS)
2581 		mps_intr_handler(adapter);
2582 	if (cause & F_NCSI)
2583 		ncsi_intr_handler(adapter);
2584 	if (cause & F_PL)
2585 		pl_intr_handler(adapter);
2586 	if (cause & F_SMB)
2587 		smb_intr_handler(adapter);
2588 	if (cause & F_XGMAC0)
2589 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 0);
2590 	if (cause & F_XGMAC1)
2591 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 1);
2592 	if (cause & F_XGMAC_KR0)
2593 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 2);
2594 	if (cause & F_XGMAC_KR1)
2595 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 3);
2596 	if (cause & F_PCIE)
2597 		pcie_intr_handler(adapter);
2598 	if (cause & F_MC)
2599 		mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_MC);
2600 	if (cause & F_EDC0)
2601 		mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_EDC0);
2602 	if (cause & F_EDC1)
2603 		mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_EDC1);
2604 	if (cause & F_LE)
2605 		le_intr_handler(adapter);
2606 	if (cause & F_TP)
2607 		tp_intr_handler(adapter);
2608 	if (cause & F_MA)
2609 		ma_intr_handler(adapter);
2610 	if (cause & F_PM_TX)
2611 		pmtx_intr_handler(adapter);
2612 	if (cause & F_PM_RX)
2613 		pmrx_intr_handler(adapter);
2614 	if (cause & F_ULP_RX)
2615 		ulprx_intr_handler(adapter);
2616 	if (cause & F_CPL_SWITCH)
2617 		cplsw_intr_handler(adapter);
2618 	if (cause & F_SGE)
2619 		sge_intr_handler(adapter);
2620 	if (cause & F_ULP_TX)
2621 		ulptx_intr_handler(adapter);
2622 
2623 	/* Clear the interrupts just processed for which we are the master. */
2624 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE, cause & GLBL_INTR_MASK);
2625 	(void) t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE); /* flush */
2626 	return 1;
2627 }
2628 
2629 /**
2630  *	t4_intr_enable - enable interrupts
2631  *	@adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be enabled
2632  *
2633  *	Enable PF-specific interrupts for the calling function and the top-level
2634  *	interrupt concentrator for global interrupts.  Interrupts are already
2635  *	enabled at each module,	here we just enable the roots of the interrupt
2636  *	hierarchies.
2637  *
2638  *	Note: this function should be called only when the driver manages
2639  *	non PF-specific interrupts from the various HW modules.  Only one PCI
2640  *	function at a time should be doing this.
2641  */
t4_intr_enable(struct adapter * adapter)2642 void t4_intr_enable(struct adapter *adapter)
2643 {
2644 	u32 pf = G_SOURCEPF(t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_WHOAMI));
2645 
2646 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_ENABLE3, F_ERR_CPL_EXCEED_IQE_SIZE |
2647 		     F_ERR_INVALID_CIDX_INC | F_ERR_CPL_OPCODE_0 |
2648 		     F_ERR_DROPPED_DB | F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID1 |
2649 		     F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID0 | F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX3 |
2650 		     F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX2 | F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX1 |
2651 		     F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX0 | F_ERR_ING_CTXT_PRIO |
2652 		     F_ERR_EGR_CTXT_PRIO | F_INGRESS_SIZE_ERR |
2653 		     F_EGRESS_SIZE_ERR);
2654 	t4_write_reg(adapter, MYPF_REG(A_PL_PF_INT_ENABLE), PF_INTR_MASK);
2655 	t4_set_reg_field(adapter, A_PL_INT_MAP0, 0, 1 << pf);
2656 }
2657 
2658 /**
2659  *	t4_intr_disable - disable interrupts
2660  *	@adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be disabled
2661  *
2662  *	Disable interrupts.  We only disable the top-level interrupt
2663  *	concentrators.  The caller must be a PCI function managing global
2664  *	interrupts.
2665  */
t4_intr_disable(struct adapter * adapter)2666 void t4_intr_disable(struct adapter *adapter)
2667 {
2668 	u32 pf = G_SOURCEPF(t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_WHOAMI));
2669 
2670 	t4_write_reg(adapter, MYPF_REG(A_PL_PF_INT_ENABLE), 0);
2671 	t4_set_reg_field(adapter, A_PL_INT_MAP0, 1 << pf, 0);
2672 }
2673 
2674 /**
2675  *	t4_intr_clear - clear all interrupts
2676  *	@adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be cleared
2677  *
2678  *	Clears all interrupts.  The caller must be a PCI function managing
2679  *	global interrupts.
2680  */
t4_intr_clear(struct adapter * adapter)2681 void t4_intr_clear(struct adapter *adapter)
2682 {
2683 	static const unsigned int cause_reg[] = {
2684 		A_SGE_INT_CAUSE1, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE2, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE3,
2685 		A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_SYSTEM_BUS_AGENT_STATUS,
2686 		A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_PCI_EXPRESS_PORT_STATUS,
2687 		A_PCIE_NONFAT_ERR, A_PCIE_INT_CAUSE,
2688 		A_MA_INT_WRAP_STATUS, A_MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS, A_MA_INT_CAUSE,
2689 		A_EDC_INT_CAUSE, EDC_REG(A_EDC_INT_CAUSE, 1),
2690 		A_CIM_HOST_INT_CAUSE, A_CIM_HOST_UPACC_INT_CAUSE,
2691 		MYPF_REG(A_CIM_PF_HOST_INT_CAUSE),
2692 		A_TP_INT_CAUSE,
2693 		A_ULP_RX_INT_CAUSE, A_ULP_TX_INT_CAUSE,
2694 		A_PM_RX_INT_CAUSE, A_PM_TX_INT_CAUSE,
2695 		A_MPS_RX_PERR_INT_CAUSE,
2696 		A_CPL_INTR_CAUSE,
2697 		MYPF_REG(A_PL_PF_INT_CAUSE),
2698 		A_PL_PL_INT_CAUSE,
2699 		A_LE_DB_INT_CAUSE,
2700 	};
2701 
2702 	unsigned int i;
2703 
2704 	for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(cause_reg); ++i)
2705 		t4_write_reg(adapter, cause_reg[i], 0xffffffff);
2706 
2707 	t4_write_reg(adapter, is_t4(adapter) ? A_MC_INT_CAUSE :
2708 				A_MC_P_INT_CAUSE, 0xffffffff);
2709 
2710 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE, GLBL_INTR_MASK);
2711 	(void) t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE);          /* flush */
2712 }
2713 
2714 /**
2715  *	hash_mac_addr - return the hash value of a MAC address
2716  *	@addr: the 48-bit Ethernet MAC address
2717  *
2718  *	Hashes a MAC address according to the hash function used by HW inexact
2719  *	(hash) address matching.
2720  */
hash_mac_addr(const u8 * addr)2721 static int hash_mac_addr(const u8 *addr)
2722 {
2723 	u32 a = ((u32)addr[0] << 16) | ((u32)addr[1] << 8) | addr[2];
2724 	u32 b = ((u32)addr[3] << 16) | ((u32)addr[4] << 8) | addr[5];
2725 	a ^= b;
2726 	a ^= (a >> 12);
2727 	a ^= (a >> 6);
2728 	return a & 0x3f;
2729 }
2730 
2731 /**
2732  *	t4_config_rss_range - configure a portion of the RSS mapping table
2733  *	@adapter: the adapter
2734  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
2735  *	@viid: virtual interface whose RSS subtable is to be written
2736  *	@start: start entry in the table to write
2737  *	@n: how many table entries to write
2738  *	@rspq: values for the "response queue" (Ingress Queue) lookup table
2739  *	@nrspq: number of values in @rspq
2740  *
2741  *	Programs the selected part of the VI's RSS mapping table with the
2742  *	provided values.  If @nrspq < @n the supplied values are used repeatedly
2743  *	until the full table range is populated.
2744  *
2745  *	The caller must ensure the values in @rspq are in the range allowed for
2746  *	@viid.
2747  */
t4_config_rss_range(struct adapter * adapter,int mbox,unsigned int viid,int start,int n,const u16 * rspq,unsigned int nrspq)2748 int t4_config_rss_range(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int viid,
2749 			int start, int n, const u16 *rspq, unsigned int nrspq)
2750 {
2751 	int ret;
2752 	const u16 *rsp = rspq;
2753 	const u16 *rsp_end = rspq + nrspq;
2754 	struct fw_rss_ind_tbl_cmd cmd;
2755 
2756 	memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
2757 	cmd.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD) |
2758 			       F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
2759 			       V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_VIID(viid));
2760 	cmd.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(cmd));
2761 
2762 
2763 	/*
2764 	 * Each firmware RSS command can accommodate up to 32 RSS Ingress
2765 	 * Queue Identifiers.  These Ingress Queue IDs are packed three to
2766 	 * a 32-bit word as 10-bit values with the upper remaining 2 bits
2767 	 * reserved.
2768 	 */
2769 	while (n > 0) {
2770 		int nq = min(n, 32);
2771 		int nq_packed = 0;
2772 		__be32 *qp = &cmd.iq0_to_iq2;
2773 
2774 		/*
2775 		 * Set up the firmware RSS command header to send the next
2776 		 * "nq" Ingress Queue IDs to the firmware.
2777 		 */
2778 		cmd.niqid = htons(nq);
2779 		cmd.startidx = htons(start);
2780 
2781 		/*
2782 		 * "nq" more done for the start of the next loop.
2783 		 */
2784 		start += nq;
2785 		n -= nq;
2786 
2787 		/*
2788 		 * While there are still Ingress Queue IDs to stuff into the
2789 		 * current firmware RSS command, retrieve them from the
2790 		 * Ingress Queue ID array and insert them into the command.
2791 		 */
2792 		while (nq > 0) {
2793 			/*
2794 			 * Grab up to the next 3 Ingress Queue IDs (wrapping
2795 			 * around the Ingress Queue ID array if necessary) and
2796 			 * insert them into the firmware RSS command at the
2797 			 * current 3-tuple position within the commad.
2798 			 */
2799 			u16 qbuf[3];
2800 			u16 *qbp = qbuf;
2801 			int nqbuf = min(3, nq);
2802 
2803 			nq -= nqbuf;
2804 			qbuf[0] = qbuf[1] = qbuf[2] = 0;
2805 			while (nqbuf && nq_packed < 32) {
2806 				nqbuf--;
2807 				nq_packed++;
2808 				*qbp++ = *rsp++;
2809 				if (rsp >= rsp_end)
2810 					rsp = rspq;
2811 			}
2812 			*qp++ = cpu_to_be32(V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ0(qbuf[0]) |
2813 					    V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ1(qbuf[1]) |
2814 					    V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ2(qbuf[2]));
2815 		}
2816 
2817 		/*
2818 		 * Send this portion of the RRS table update to the firmware;
2819 		 * bail out on any errors.
2820 		 */
2821 		ret = t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL);
2822 		if (ret)
2823 			return ret;
2824 	}
2825 
2826 	return 0;
2827 }
2828 
2829 /**
2830  *	t4_config_glbl_rss - configure the global RSS mode
2831  *	@adapter: the adapter
2832  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
2833  *	@mode: global RSS mode
2834  *	@flags: mode-specific flags
2835  *
2836  *	Sets the global RSS mode.
2837  */
t4_config_glbl_rss(struct adapter * adapter,int mbox,unsigned int mode,unsigned int flags)2838 int t4_config_glbl_rss(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int mode,
2839 		       unsigned int flags)
2840 {
2841 	struct fw_rss_glb_config_cmd c;
2842 
2843 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
2844 	c.op_to_write = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD) |
2845 			      F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_WRITE);
2846 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
2847 	if (mode == FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_MANUAL) {
2848 		c.u.manual.mode_pkd = htonl(V_FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE(mode));
2849 	} else if (mode == FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_BASICVIRTUAL) {
2850 		c.u.basicvirtual.mode_pkd =
2851 			htonl(V_FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE(mode));
2852 		c.u.basicvirtual.synmapen_to_hashtoeplitz = htonl(flags);
2853 	} else
2854 		return -EINVAL;
2855 	return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
2856 }
2857 
2858 /**
2859  *	t4_config_vi_rss - configure per VI RSS settings
2860  *	@adapter: the adapter
2861  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
2862  *	@viid: the VI id
2863  *	@flags: RSS flags
2864  *	@defq: id of the default RSS queue for the VI.
2865  *
2866  *	Configures VI-specific RSS properties.
2867  */
t4_config_vi_rss(struct adapter * adapter,int mbox,unsigned int viid,unsigned int flags,unsigned int defq)2868 int t4_config_vi_rss(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int viid,
2869 		     unsigned int flags, unsigned int defq)
2870 {
2871 	struct fw_rss_vi_config_cmd c;
2872 
2873 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
2874 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD) |
2875 			     F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
2876 			     V_FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD_VIID(viid));
2877 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
2878 	c.u.basicvirtual.defaultq_to_udpen = htonl(flags |
2879 					V_FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD_DEFAULTQ(defq));
2880 	return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
2881 }
2882 
2883 /* Read an RSS table row */
rd_rss_row(struct adapter * adap,int row,u32 * val)2884 static int rd_rss_row(struct adapter *adap, int row, u32 *val)
2885 {
2886 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_RSS_LKP_TABLE, 0xfff00000 | row);
2887 	return t4_wait_op_done_val(adap, A_TP_RSS_LKP_TABLE, F_LKPTBLROWVLD, 1,
2888 				   5, 0, val);
2889 }
2890 
2891 /**
2892  *	t4_read_rss - read the contents of the RSS mapping table
2893  *	@adapter: the adapter
2894  *	@map: holds the contents of the RSS mapping table
2895  *
2896  *	Reads the contents of the RSS hash->queue mapping table.
2897  */
t4_read_rss(struct adapter * adapter,u16 * map)2898 int t4_read_rss(struct adapter *adapter, u16 *map)
2899 {
2900 	u32 val;
2901 	int i, ret;
2902 
2903 	for (i = 0; i < RSS_NENTRIES / 2; ++i) {
2904 		ret = rd_rss_row(adapter, i, &val);
2905 		if (ret)
2906 			return ret;
2907 		*map++ = G_LKPTBLQUEUE0(val);
2908 		*map++ = G_LKPTBLQUEUE1(val);
2909 	}
2910 	return 0;
2911 }
2912 
2913 /**
2914  *	t4_read_rss_key - read the global RSS key
2915  *	@adap: the adapter
2916  *	@key: 10-entry array holding the 320-bit RSS key
2917  *
2918  *	Reads the global 320-bit RSS key.
2919  */
t4_read_rss_key(struct adapter * adap,u32 * key)2920 void t4_read_rss_key(struct adapter *adap, u32 *key)
2921 {
2922 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA, key, 10,
2923 			 A_TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0);
2924 }
2925 
2926 /**
2927  *	t4_write_rss_key - program one of the RSS keys
2928  *	@adap: the adapter
2929  *	@key: 10-entry array holding the 320-bit RSS key
2930  *	@idx: which RSS key to write
2931  *
2932  *	Writes one of the RSS keys with the given 320-bit value.  If @idx is
2933  *	0..15 the corresponding entry in the RSS key table is written,
2934  *	otherwise the global RSS key is written.
2935  */
t4_write_rss_key(struct adapter * adap,const u32 * key,int idx)2936 void t4_write_rss_key(struct adapter *adap, const u32 *key, int idx)
2937 {
2938 	t4_write_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA, key, 10,
2939 			  A_TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0);
2940 	if (idx >= 0 && idx < 16)
2941 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT,
2942 			     V_KEYWRADDR(idx) | F_KEYWREN);
2943 }
2944 
2945 /**
2946  *	t4_read_rss_pf_config - read PF RSS Configuration Table
2947  *	@adapter: the adapter
2948  *	@index: the entry in the PF RSS table to read
2949  *	@valp: where to store the returned value
2950  *
2951  *	Reads the PF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index and returns
2952  *	the value found there.
2953  */
t4_read_rss_pf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 * valp)2954 void t4_read_rss_pf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index, u32 *valp)
2955 {
2956 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
2957 			 valp, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF0_CONFIG + index);
2958 }
2959 
2960 /**
2961  *	t4_write_rss_pf_config - write PF RSS Configuration Table
2962  *	@adapter: the adapter
2963  *	@index: the entry in the VF RSS table to read
2964  *	@val: the value to store
2965  *
2966  *	Writes the PF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index with the
2967  *	specified value.
2968  */
t4_write_rss_pf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 val)2969 void t4_write_rss_pf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index, u32 val)
2970 {
2971 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
2972 			  &val, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF0_CONFIG + index);
2973 }
2974 
2975 /**
2976  *	t4_read_rss_vf_config - read VF RSS Configuration Table
2977  *	@adapter: the adapter
2978  *	@index: the entry in the VF RSS table to read
2979  *	@vfl: where to store the returned VFL
2980  *	@vfh: where to store the returned VFH
2981  *
2982  *	Reads the VF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index and returns
2983  *	the (VFL, VFH) values found there.
2984  */
t4_read_rss_vf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 * vfl,u32 * vfh)2985 void t4_read_rss_vf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index,
2986 			   u32 *vfl, u32 *vfh)
2987 {
2988 	u32 vrt;
2989 
2990 	/*
2991 	 * Request that the index'th VF Table values be read into VFL/VFH.
2992 	 */
2993 	vrt = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT);
2994 	vrt &= ~(F_VFRDRG | V_VFWRADDR(M_VFWRADDR) | F_VFWREN | F_KEYWREN);
2995 	vrt |= V_VFWRADDR(index) | F_VFRDEN;
2996 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT, vrt);
2997 
2998 	/*
2999 	 * Grab the VFL/VFH values ...
3000 	 */
3001 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3002 			 vfl, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFL_CONFIG);
3003 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3004 			 vfh, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFH_CONFIG);
3005 }
3006 
3007 /**
3008  *	t4_write_rss_vf_config - write VF RSS Configuration Table
3009  *
3010  *	@adapter: the adapter
3011  *	@index: the entry in the VF RSS table to write
3012  *	@vfl: the VFL to store
3013  *	@vfh: the VFH to store
3014  *
3015  *	Writes the VF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index with the
3016  *	specified (VFL, VFH) values.
3017  */
t4_write_rss_vf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 vfl,u32 vfh)3018 void t4_write_rss_vf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index,
3019 			    u32 vfl, u32 vfh)
3020 {
3021 	u32 vrt;
3022 
3023 	/*
3024 	 * Load up VFL/VFH with the values to be written ...
3025 	 */
3026 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3027 			  &vfl, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFL_CONFIG);
3028 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3029 			  &vfh, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFH_CONFIG);
3030 
3031 	/*
3032 	 * Write the VFL/VFH into the VF Table at index'th location.
3033 	 */
3034 	vrt = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT);
3035 	vrt &= ~(F_VFRDRG | F_VFRDEN | V_VFWRADDR(M_VFWRADDR) | F_KEYWREN);
3036 	vrt |= V_VFWRADDR(index) | F_VFWREN;
3037 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT, vrt);
3038 }
3039 
3040 /**
3041  *	t4_read_rss_pf_map - read PF RSS Map
3042  *	@adapter: the adapter
3043  *
3044  *	Reads the PF RSS Map register and returns its value.
3045  */
t4_read_rss_pf_map(struct adapter * adapter)3046 u32 t4_read_rss_pf_map(struct adapter *adapter)
3047 {
3048 	u32 pfmap;
3049 
3050 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3051 			 &pfmap, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MAP);
3052 	return pfmap;
3053 }
3054 
3055 /**
3056  *	t4_write_rss_pf_map - write PF RSS Map
3057  *	@adapter: the adapter
3058  *	@pfmap: PF RSS Map value
3059  *
3060  *	Writes the specified value to the PF RSS Map register.
3061  */
t4_write_rss_pf_map(struct adapter * adapter,u32 pfmap)3062 void t4_write_rss_pf_map(struct adapter *adapter, u32 pfmap)
3063 {
3064 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3065 			  &pfmap, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MAP);
3066 }
3067 
3068 /**
3069  *	t4_read_rss_pf_mask - read PF RSS Mask
3070  *	@adapter: the adapter
3071  *
3072  *	Reads the PF RSS Mask register and returns its value.
3073  */
t4_read_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter * adapter)3074 u32 t4_read_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter *adapter)
3075 {
3076 	u32 pfmask;
3077 
3078 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3079 			 &pfmask, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MSK);
3080 	return pfmask;
3081 }
3082 
3083 /**
3084  *	t4_write_rss_pf_mask - write PF RSS Mask
3085  *	@adapter: the adapter
3086  *	@pfmask: PF RSS Mask value
3087  *
3088  *	Writes the specified value to the PF RSS Mask register.
3089  */
t4_write_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter * adapter,u32 pfmask)3090 void t4_write_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter *adapter, u32 pfmask)
3091 {
3092 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3093 			  &pfmask, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MSK);
3094 }
3095 
3096 /**
3097  *	t4_set_filter_mode - configure the optional components of filter tuples
3098  *	@adap: the adapter
3099  *	@mode_map: a bitmap selcting which optional filter components to enable
3100  *
3101  *	Sets the filter mode by selecting the optional components to enable
3102  *	in filter tuples.  Returns 0 on success and a negative error if the
3103  *	requested mode needs more bits than are available for optional
3104  *	components.
3105  */
t4_set_filter_mode(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mode_map)3106 int t4_set_filter_mode(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mode_map)
3107 {
3108 	static u8 width[] = { 1, 3, 17, 17, 8, 8, 16, 9, 3, 1 };
3109 
3110 	int i, nbits = 0;
3111 
3112 	for (i = S_FCOE; i <= S_FRAGMENTATION; i++)
3113 		if (mode_map & (1 << i))
3114 			nbits += width[i];
3115 	if (nbits > FILTER_OPT_LEN)
3116 		return -EINVAL;
3117 	t4_write_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA, &mode_map, 1,
3118 			  A_TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP);
3119 	return 0;
3120 }
3121 
3122 /**
3123  *	t4_tp_get_tcp_stats - read TP's TCP MIB counters
3124  *	@adap: the adapter
3125  *	@v4: holds the TCP/IP counter values
3126  *	@v6: holds the TCP/IPv6 counter values
3127  *
3128  *	Returns the values of TP's TCP/IP and TCP/IPv6 MIB counters.
3129  *	Either @v4 or @v6 may be %NULL to skip the corresponding stats.
3130  */
t4_tp_get_tcp_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_tcp_stats * v4,struct tp_tcp_stats * v6)3131 void t4_tp_get_tcp_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_tcp_stats *v4,
3132 			 struct tp_tcp_stats *v6)
3133 {
3134 	u32 val[A_TP_MIB_TCP_RXT_SEG_LO - A_TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST + 1];
3135 
3136 #define STAT_IDX(x) ((A_TP_MIB_TCP_##x) - A_TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST)
3137 #define STAT(x)     val[STAT_IDX(x)]
3138 #define STAT64(x)   (((u64)STAT(x##_HI) << 32) | STAT(x##_LO))
3139 
3140 	if (v4) {
3141 		t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val,
3142 				 ARRAY_SIZE(val), A_TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST);
3143 		v4->tcpOutRsts = STAT(OUT_RST);
3144 		v4->tcpInSegs  = STAT64(IN_SEG);
3145 		v4->tcpOutSegs = STAT64(OUT_SEG);
3146 		v4->tcpRetransSegs = STAT64(RXT_SEG);
3147 	}
3148 	if (v6) {
3149 		t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val,
3150 				 ARRAY_SIZE(val), A_TP_MIB_TCP_V6OUT_RST);
3151 		v6->tcpOutRsts = STAT(OUT_RST);
3152 		v6->tcpInSegs  = STAT64(IN_SEG);
3153 		v6->tcpOutSegs = STAT64(OUT_SEG);
3154 		v6->tcpRetransSegs = STAT64(RXT_SEG);
3155 	}
3156 #undef STAT64
3157 #undef STAT
3158 #undef STAT_IDX
3159 }
3160 
3161 /**
3162  *	t4_tp_get_err_stats - read TP's error MIB counters
3163  *	@adap: the adapter
3164  *	@st: holds the counter values
3165  *
3166  *	Returns the values of TP's error counters.
3167  */
t4_tp_get_err_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_err_stats * st)3168 void t4_tp_get_err_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_err_stats *st)
3169 {
3170 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->macInErrs,
3171 			 12, A_TP_MIB_MAC_IN_ERR_0);
3172 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->tnlCongDrops,
3173 			 8, A_TP_MIB_TNL_CNG_DROP_0);
3174 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->tnlTxDrops,
3175 			 4, A_TP_MIB_TNL_DROP_0);
3176 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->ofldVlanDrops,
3177 			 4, A_TP_MIB_OFD_VLN_DROP_0);
3178 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->tcp6InErrs,
3179 			 4, A_TP_MIB_TCP_V6IN_ERR_0);
3180 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->ofldNoNeigh,
3181 			 2, A_TP_MIB_OFD_ARP_DROP);
3182 }
3183 
3184 /**
3185  *	t4_tp_get_proxy_stats - read TP's proxy MIB counters
3186  *	@adap: the adapter
3187  *	@st: holds the counter values
3188  *
3189  *	Returns the values of TP's proxy counters.
3190  */
t4_tp_get_proxy_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_proxy_stats * st)3191 void t4_tp_get_proxy_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_proxy_stats *st)
3192 {
3193 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->proxy,
3194 			 4, A_TP_MIB_TNL_LPBK_0);
3195 }
3196 
3197 /**
3198  *	t4_tp_get_cpl_stats - read TP's CPL MIB counters
3199  *	@adap: the adapter
3200  *	@st: holds the counter values
3201  *
3202  *	Returns the values of TP's CPL counters.
3203  */
t4_tp_get_cpl_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_cpl_stats * st)3204 void t4_tp_get_cpl_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_cpl_stats *st)
3205 {
3206 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->req,
3207 			 8, A_TP_MIB_CPL_IN_REQ_0);
3208 }
3209 
3210 /**
3211  *	t4_tp_get_rdma_stats - read TP's RDMA MIB counters
3212  *	@adap: the adapter
3213  *	@st: holds the counter values
3214  *
3215  *	Returns the values of TP's RDMA counters.
3216  */
t4_tp_get_rdma_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_rdma_stats * st)3217 void t4_tp_get_rdma_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_rdma_stats *st)
3218 {
3219 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->rqe_dfr_mod,
3220 			 2, A_TP_MIB_RQE_DFR_MOD);
3221 }
3222 
3223 /**
3224  *	t4_get_fcoe_stats - read TP's FCoE MIB counters for a port
3225  *	@adap: the adapter
3226  *	@idx: the port index
3227  *	@st: holds the counter values
3228  *
3229  *	Returns the values of TP's FCoE counters for the selected port.
3230  */
t4_get_fcoe_stats(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int idx,struct tp_fcoe_stats * st)3231 void t4_get_fcoe_stats(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int idx,
3232 		       struct tp_fcoe_stats *st)
3233 {
3234 	u32 val[2];
3235 
3236 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->framesDDP,
3237 			 1, A_TP_MIB_FCOE_DDP_0 + idx);
3238 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->framesDrop,
3239 			 1, A_TP_MIB_FCOE_DROP_0 + idx);
3240 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val,
3241 			 2, A_TP_MIB_FCOE_BYTE_0_HI + 2 * idx);
3242 	st->octetsDDP = ((u64)val[0] << 32) | val[1];
3243 }
3244 
3245 /**
3246  *	t4_get_usm_stats - read TP's non-TCP DDP MIB counters
3247  *	@adap: the adapter
3248  *	@st: holds the counter values
3249  *
3250  *	Returns the values of TP's counters for non-TCP directly-placed packets.
3251  */
t4_get_usm_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_usm_stats * st)3252 void t4_get_usm_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_usm_stats *st)
3253 {
3254 	u32 val[4];
3255 
3256 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val, 4,
3257 			 A_TP_MIB_USM_PKTS);
3258 	st->frames = val[0];
3259 	st->drops = val[1];
3260 	st->octets = ((u64)val[2] << 32) | val[3];
3261 }
3262 
3263 /**
3264  *	t4_read_mtu_tbl - returns the values in the HW path MTU table
3265  *	@adap: the adapter
3266  *	@mtus: where to store the MTU values
3267  *	@mtu_log: where to store the MTU base-2 log (may be %NULL)
3268  *
3269  *	Reads the HW path MTU table.
3270  */
t4_read_mtu_tbl(struct adapter * adap,u16 * mtus,u8 * mtu_log)3271 void t4_read_mtu_tbl(struct adapter *adap, u16 *mtus, u8 *mtu_log)
3272 {
3273 	u32 v;
3274 	int i;
3275 
3276 	for (i = 0; i < NMTUS; ++i) {
3277 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_MTU_TABLE,
3278 			     V_MTUINDEX(0xff) | V_MTUVALUE(i));
3279 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_MTU_TABLE);
3280 		mtus[i] = G_MTUVALUE(v);
3281 		if (mtu_log)
3282 			mtu_log[i] = G_MTUWIDTH(v);
3283 	}
3284 }
3285 
3286 /**
3287  *	t4_read_cong_tbl - reads the congestion control table
3288  *	@adap: the adapter
3289  *	@incr: where to store the alpha values
3290  *
3291  *	Reads the additive increments programmed into the HW congestion
3292  *	control table.
3293  */
t4_read_cong_tbl(struct adapter * adap,u16 incr[NMTUS][NCCTRL_WIN])3294 void t4_read_cong_tbl(struct adapter *adap, u16 incr[NMTUS][NCCTRL_WIN])
3295 {
3296 	unsigned int mtu, w;
3297 
3298 	for (mtu = 0; mtu < NMTUS; ++mtu)
3299 		for (w = 0; w < NCCTRL_WIN; ++w) {
3300 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_CCTRL_TABLE,
3301 				     V_ROWINDEX(0xffff) | (mtu << 5) | w);
3302 			incr[mtu][w] = (u16)t4_read_reg(adap,
3303 						A_TP_CCTRL_TABLE) & 0x1fff;
3304 		}
3305 }
3306 
3307 /**
3308  *	t4_read_pace_tbl - read the pace table
3309  *	@adap: the adapter
3310  *	@pace_vals: holds the returned values
3311  *
3312  *	Returns the values of TP's pace table in microseconds.
3313  */
t4_read_pace_tbl(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int pace_vals[NTX_SCHED])3314 void t4_read_pace_tbl(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int pace_vals[NTX_SCHED])
3315 {
3316 	unsigned int i, v;
3317 
3318 	for (i = 0; i < NTX_SCHED; i++) {
3319 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PACE_TABLE, 0xffff0000 + i);
3320 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_PACE_TABLE);
3321 		pace_vals[i] = dack_ticks_to_usec(adap, v);
3322 	}
3323 }
3324 
3325 /**
3326  *	t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect - set/clear bits in an indirect TP register
3327  *	@adap: the adapter
3328  *	@addr: the indirect TP register address
3329  *	@mask: specifies the field within the register to modify
3330  *	@val: new value for the field
3331  *
3332  *	Sets a field of an indirect TP register to the given value.
3333  */
t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int mask,unsigned int val)3334 void t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr,
3335 			    unsigned int mask, unsigned int val)
3336 {
3337 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3338 	val |= t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_PIO_DATA) & ~mask;
3339 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PIO_DATA, val);
3340 }
3341 
3342 /**
3343  *	init_cong_ctrl - initialize congestion control parameters
3344  *	@a: the alpha values for congestion control
3345  *	@b: the beta values for congestion control
3346  *
3347  *	Initialize the congestion control parameters.
3348  */
init_cong_ctrl(unsigned short * a,unsigned short * b)3349 static void __devinit init_cong_ctrl(unsigned short *a, unsigned short *b)
3350 {
3351 	a[0] = a[1] = a[2] = a[3] = a[4] = a[5] = a[6] = a[7] = a[8] = 1;
3352 	a[9] = 2;
3353 	a[10] = 3;
3354 	a[11] = 4;
3355 	a[12] = 5;
3356 	a[13] = 6;
3357 	a[14] = 7;
3358 	a[15] = 8;
3359 	a[16] = 9;
3360 	a[17] = 10;
3361 	a[18] = 14;
3362 	a[19] = 17;
3363 	a[20] = 21;
3364 	a[21] = 25;
3365 	a[22] = 30;
3366 	a[23] = 35;
3367 	a[24] = 45;
3368 	a[25] = 60;
3369 	a[26] = 80;
3370 	a[27] = 100;
3371 	a[28] = 200;
3372 	a[29] = 300;
3373 	a[30] = 400;
3374 	a[31] = 500;
3375 
3376 	b[0] = b[1] = b[2] = b[3] = b[4] = b[5] = b[6] = b[7] = b[8] = 0;
3377 	b[9] = b[10] = 1;
3378 	b[11] = b[12] = 2;
3379 	b[13] = b[14] = b[15] = b[16] = 3;
3380 	b[17] = b[18] = b[19] = b[20] = b[21] = 4;
3381 	b[22] = b[23] = b[24] = b[25] = b[26] = b[27] = 5;
3382 	b[28] = b[29] = 6;
3383 	b[30] = b[31] = 7;
3384 }
3385 
3386 /* The minimum additive increment value for the congestion control table */
3387 #define CC_MIN_INCR 2U
3388 
3389 /**
3390  *	t4_load_mtus - write the MTU and congestion control HW tables
3391  *	@adap: the adapter
3392  *	@mtus: the values for the MTU table
3393  *	@alpha: the values for the congestion control alpha parameter
3394  *	@beta: the values for the congestion control beta parameter
3395  *
3396  *	Write the HW MTU table with the supplied MTUs and the high-speed
3397  *	congestion control table with the supplied alpha, beta, and MTUs.
3398  *	We write the two tables together because the additive increments
3399  *	depend on the MTUs.
3400  */
t4_load_mtus(struct adapter * adap,const unsigned short * mtus,const unsigned short * alpha,const unsigned short * beta)3401 void t4_load_mtus(struct adapter *adap, const unsigned short *mtus,
3402 		  const unsigned short *alpha, const unsigned short *beta)
3403 {
3404 	static const unsigned int avg_pkts[NCCTRL_WIN] = {
3405 		2, 6, 10, 14, 20, 28, 40, 56, 80, 112, 160, 224, 320, 448, 640,
3406 		896, 1281, 1792, 2560, 3584, 5120, 7168, 10240, 14336, 20480,
3407 		28672, 40960, 57344, 81920, 114688, 163840, 229376
3408 	};
3409 
3410 	unsigned int i, w;
3411 
3412 	for (i = 0; i < NMTUS; ++i) {
3413 		unsigned int mtu = mtus[i];
3414 		unsigned int log2 = fls(mtu);
3415 
3416 		if (!(mtu & ((1 << log2) >> 2)))     /* round */
3417 			log2--;
3418 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_MTU_TABLE, V_MTUINDEX(i) |
3419 			     V_MTUWIDTH(log2) | V_MTUVALUE(mtu));
3420 
3421 		for (w = 0; w < NCCTRL_WIN; ++w) {
3422 			unsigned int inc;
3423 
3424 			inc = max(((mtu - 40) * alpha[w]) / avg_pkts[w],
3425 				  CC_MIN_INCR);
3426 
3427 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_CCTRL_TABLE, (i << 21) |
3428 				     (w << 16) | (beta[w] << 13) | inc);
3429 		}
3430 	}
3431 }
3432 
3433 /**
3434  *	t4_set_pace_tbl - set the pace table
3435  *	@adap: the adapter
3436  *	@pace_vals: the pace values in microseconds
3437  *	@start: index of the first entry in the HW pace table to set
3438  *	@n: how many entries to set
3439  *
3440  *	Sets (a subset of the) HW pace table.
3441  */
t4_set_pace_tbl(struct adapter * adap,const unsigned int * pace_vals,unsigned int start,unsigned int n)3442 int t4_set_pace_tbl(struct adapter *adap, const unsigned int *pace_vals,
3443 		     unsigned int start, unsigned int n)
3444 {
3445 	unsigned int vals[NTX_SCHED], i;
3446 	unsigned int tick_ns = dack_ticks_to_usec(adap, 1000);
3447 
3448 	if (n > NTX_SCHED)
3449 	    return -ERANGE;
3450 
3451 	/* convert values from us to dack ticks, rounding to closest value */
3452 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, pace_vals++) {
3453 		vals[i] = (1000 * *pace_vals + tick_ns / 2) / tick_ns;
3454 		if (vals[i] > 0x7ff)
3455 			return -ERANGE;
3456 		if (*pace_vals && vals[i] == 0)
3457 			return -ERANGE;
3458 	}
3459 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, start++)
3460 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PACE_TABLE, (start << 16) | vals[i]);
3461 	return 0;
3462 }
3463 
3464 /**
3465  *	t4_set_sched_bps - set the bit rate for a HW traffic scheduler
3466  *	@adap: the adapter
3467  *	@kbps: target rate in Kbps
3468  *	@sched: the scheduler index
3469  *
3470  *	Configure a Tx HW scheduler for the target rate.
3471  */
t4_set_sched_bps(struct adapter * adap,int sched,unsigned int kbps)3472 int t4_set_sched_bps(struct adapter *adap, int sched, unsigned int kbps)
3473 {
3474 	unsigned int v, tps, cpt, bpt, delta, mindelta = ~0;
3475 	unsigned int clk = adap->params.vpd.cclk * 1000;
3476 	unsigned int selected_cpt = 0, selected_bpt = 0;
3477 
3478 	if (kbps > 0) {
3479 		kbps *= 125;     /* -> bytes */
3480 		for (cpt = 1; cpt <= 255; cpt++) {
3481 			tps = clk / cpt;
3482 			bpt = (kbps + tps / 2) / tps;
3483 			if (bpt > 0 && bpt <= 255) {
3484 				v = bpt * tps;
3485 				delta = v >= kbps ? v - kbps : kbps - v;
3486 				if (delta < mindelta) {
3487 					mindelta = delta;
3488 					selected_cpt = cpt;
3489 					selected_bpt = bpt;
3490 				}
3491 			} else if (selected_cpt)
3492 				break;
3493 		}
3494 		if (!selected_cpt)
3495 			return -EINVAL;
3496 	}
3497 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR,
3498 		     A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_RATE_LIMIT - sched / 2);
3499 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3500 	if (sched & 1)
3501 		v = (v & 0xffff) | (selected_cpt << 16) | (selected_bpt << 24);
3502 	else
3503 		v = (v & 0xffff0000) | selected_cpt | (selected_bpt << 8);
3504 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA, v);
3505 	return 0;
3506 }
3507 
3508 /**
3509  *	t4_set_sched_ipg - set the IPG for a Tx HW packet rate scheduler
3510  *	@adap: the adapter
3511  *	@sched: the scheduler index
3512  *	@ipg: the interpacket delay in tenths of nanoseconds
3513  *
3514  *	Set the interpacket delay for a HW packet rate scheduler.
3515  */
t4_set_sched_ipg(struct adapter * adap,int sched,unsigned int ipg)3516 int t4_set_sched_ipg(struct adapter *adap, int sched, unsigned int ipg)
3517 {
3518 	unsigned int v, addr = A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_TIMER_SEPARATOR - sched / 2;
3519 
3520 	/* convert ipg to nearest number of core clocks */
3521 	ipg *= core_ticks_per_usec(adap);
3522 	ipg = (ipg + 5000) / 10000;
3523 	if (ipg > M_TXTIMERSEPQ0)
3524 		return -EINVAL;
3525 
3526 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3527 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3528 	if (sched & 1)
3529 		v = (v & V_TXTIMERSEPQ0(M_TXTIMERSEPQ0)) | V_TXTIMERSEPQ1(ipg);
3530 	else
3531 		v = (v & V_TXTIMERSEPQ1(M_TXTIMERSEPQ1)) | V_TXTIMERSEPQ0(ipg);
3532 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA, v);
3533 	t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3534 	return 0;
3535 }
3536 
3537 /**
3538  *	t4_get_tx_sched - get the configuration of a Tx HW traffic scheduler
3539  *	@adap: the adapter
3540  *	@sched: the scheduler index
3541  *	@kbps: the byte rate in Kbps
3542  *	@ipg: the interpacket delay in tenths of nanoseconds
3543  *
3544  *	Return the current configuration of a HW Tx scheduler.
3545  */
t4_get_tx_sched(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int sched,unsigned int * kbps,unsigned int * ipg)3546 void t4_get_tx_sched(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int sched, unsigned int *kbps,
3547 		     unsigned int *ipg)
3548 {
3549 	unsigned int v, addr, bpt, cpt;
3550 
3551 	if (kbps) {
3552 		addr = A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_RATE_LIMIT - sched / 2;
3553 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3554 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3555 		if (sched & 1)
3556 			v >>= 16;
3557 		bpt = (v >> 8) & 0xff;
3558 		cpt = v & 0xff;
3559 		if (!cpt)
3560 			*kbps = 0;        /* scheduler disabled */
3561 		else {
3562 			v = (adap->params.vpd.cclk * 1000) / cpt; /* ticks/s */
3563 			*kbps = (v * bpt) / 125;
3564 		}
3565 	}
3566 	if (ipg) {
3567 		addr = A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_TIMER_SEPARATOR - sched / 2;
3568 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3569 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3570 		if (sched & 1)
3571 			v >>= 16;
3572 		v &= 0xffff;
3573 		*ipg = (10000 * v) / core_ticks_per_usec(adap);
3574 	}
3575 }
3576 
3577 /*
3578  * Calculates a rate in bytes/s given the number of 256-byte units per 4K core
3579  * clocks.  The formula is
3580  *
3581  * bytes/s = bytes256 * 256 * ClkFreq / 4096
3582  *
3583  * which is equivalent to
3584  *
3585  * bytes/s = 62.5 * bytes256 * ClkFreq_ms
3586  */
chan_rate(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int bytes256)3587 static u64 chan_rate(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int bytes256)
3588 {
3589 	u64 v = bytes256 * adap->params.vpd.cclk;
3590 
3591 	return v * 62 + v / 2;
3592 }
3593 
3594 /**
3595  *	t4_get_chan_txrate - get the current per channel Tx rates
3596  *	@adap: the adapter
3597  *	@nic_rate: rates for NIC traffic
3598  *	@ofld_rate: rates for offloaded traffic
3599  *
3600  *	Return the current Tx rates in bytes/s for NIC and offloaded traffic
3601  *	for each channel.
3602  */
t4_get_chan_txrate(struct adapter * adap,u64 * nic_rate,u64 * ofld_rate)3603 void t4_get_chan_txrate(struct adapter *adap, u64 *nic_rate, u64 *ofld_rate)
3604 {
3605 	u32 v;
3606 
3607 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TX_TRATE);
3608 	nic_rate[0] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE0(v));
3609 	nic_rate[1] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE1(v));
3610 	nic_rate[2] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE2(v));
3611 	nic_rate[3] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE3(v));
3612 
3613 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TX_ORATE);
3614 	ofld_rate[0] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE0(v));
3615 	ofld_rate[1] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE1(v));
3616 	ofld_rate[2] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE2(v));
3617 	ofld_rate[3] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE3(v));
3618 }
3619 
3620 /**
3621  *	t4_set_trace_filter - configure one of the tracing filters
3622  *	@adap: the adapter
3623  *	@tp: the desired trace filter parameters
3624  *	@idx: which filter to configure
3625  *	@enable: whether to enable or disable the filter
3626  *
3627  *	Configures one of the tracing filters available in HW.  If @enable is
3628  *	%0 @tp is not examined and may be %NULL. The user is responsible to
3629  *	set the single/multiple trace mode by writing to A_MPS_TRC_CFG register
3630  *	by using "cxgbtool iface reg reg_addr=val" command. See t4_sniffer/
3631  *	docs/readme.txt for a complete description of how to setup traceing on
3632  *	T4.
3633  */
t4_set_trace_filter(struct adapter * adap,const struct trace_params * tp,int idx,int enable)3634 int t4_set_trace_filter(struct adapter *adap, const struct trace_params *tp, int idx,
3635 			int enable)
3636 {
3637 	int i, ofst = idx * 4;
3638 	u32 data_reg, mask_reg, cfg;
3639 	u32 multitrc = F_TRCMULTIFILTER;
3640 
3641 	if (!enable) {
3642 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst, 0);
3643 		return 0;
3644 	}
3645 
3646 	/*
3647 	 * TODO - After T4 data book is updated, specify the exact
3648 	 * section below.
3649 	 *
3650 	 * See T4 data book - MPS section for a complete description
3651 	 * of the below if..else handling of A_MPS_TRC_CFG register
3652 	 * value.
3653 	 */
3654 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_CFG);
3655 	if (cfg & F_TRCMULTIFILTER) {
3656 		/*
3657 		 * If multiple tracers are enabled, then maximum
3658 		 * capture size is 2.5KB (FIFO size of a single channel)
3659 		 * minus 2 flits for CPL_TRACE_PKT header.
3660 		 */
3661 		if (tp->snap_len > ((10 * 1024 / 4) - (2 * 8)))
3662 			return -EINVAL;
3663 	}
3664 	else {
3665 		/*
3666 		 * If multiple tracers are disabled, to avoid deadlocks
3667 		 * maximum packet capture size of 9600 bytes is recommended.
3668 		 * Also in this mode, only trace0 can be enabled and running.
3669 		 */
3670 		multitrc = 0;
3671 		if (tp->snap_len > 9600 || idx)
3672 			return -EINVAL;
3673 	}
3674 
3675 	if (tp->port > 11 || tp->invert > 1 || tp->skip_len > M_TFLENGTH ||
3676 	    tp->skip_ofst > M_TFOFFSET || tp->min_len > M_TFMINPKTSIZE)
3677 		return -EINVAL;
3678 
3679 	/* stop the tracer we'll be changing */
3680 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst, 0);
3681 
3682 	idx *= (A_MPS_TRC_FILTER1_MATCH - A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH);
3683 	data_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH + idx;
3684 	mask_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_DONT_CARE + idx;
3685 
3686 	for (i = 0; i < TRACE_LEN / 4; i++, data_reg += 4, mask_reg += 4) {
3687 		t4_write_reg(adap, data_reg, tp->data[i]);
3688 		t4_write_reg(adap, mask_reg, ~tp->mask[i]);
3689 	}
3690 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_B + ofst,
3691 		     V_TFCAPTUREMAX(tp->snap_len) |
3692 		     V_TFMINPKTSIZE(tp->min_len));
3693 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst,
3694 		     V_TFOFFSET(tp->skip_ofst) | V_TFLENGTH(tp->skip_len) |
3695 		     is_t4(adap) ?
3696 		     V_TFPORT(tp->port) | F_TFEN | V_TFINVERTMATCH(tp->invert) :
3697 		     V_T5_TFPORT(tp->port) | F_T5_TFEN |
3698 		     V_T5_TFINVERTMATCH(tp->invert));
3699 
3700 	return 0;
3701 }
3702 
3703 /**
3704  *	t4_get_trace_filter - query one of the tracing filters
3705  *	@adap: the adapter
3706  *	@tp: the current trace filter parameters
3707  *	@idx: which trace filter to query
3708  *	@enabled: non-zero if the filter is enabled
3709  *
3710  *	Returns the current settings of one of the HW tracing filters.
3711  */
t4_get_trace_filter(struct adapter * adap,struct trace_params * tp,int idx,int * enabled)3712 void t4_get_trace_filter(struct adapter *adap, struct trace_params *tp, int idx,
3713 			 int *enabled)
3714 {
3715 	u32 ctla, ctlb;
3716 	int i, ofst = idx * 4;
3717 	u32 data_reg, mask_reg;
3718 
3719 	ctla = t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst);
3720 	ctlb = t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_B + ofst);
3721 
3722 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
3723 		*enabled = !!(ctla & F_TFEN);
3724 		tp->port =  G_TFPORT(ctla);
3725 	} else {
3726 		*enabled = !!(ctla & F_T5_TFEN);
3727 		tp->port = G_T5_TFPORT(ctla);
3728 	}
3729 	tp->snap_len = G_TFCAPTUREMAX(ctlb);
3730 	tp->min_len = G_TFMINPKTSIZE(ctlb);
3731 	tp->skip_ofst = G_TFOFFSET(ctla);
3732 	tp->skip_len = G_TFLENGTH(ctla);
3733 	tp->invert = !!(ctla & F_TFINVERTMATCH);
3734 
3735 	ofst = (A_MPS_TRC_FILTER1_MATCH - A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH) * idx;
3736 	data_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH + ofst;
3737 	mask_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_DONT_CARE + ofst;
3738 
3739 	for (i = 0; i < TRACE_LEN / 4; i++, data_reg += 4, mask_reg += 4) {
3740 		tp->mask[i] = ~t4_read_reg(adap, mask_reg);
3741 		tp->data[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, data_reg) & tp->mask[i];
3742 	}
3743 }
3744 
3745 /**
3746  *	t4_pmtx_get_stats - returns the HW stats from PMTX
3747  *	@adap: the adapter
3748  *	@cnt: where to store the count statistics
3749  *	@cycles: where to store the cycle statistics
3750  *
3751  *	Returns performance statistics from PMTX.
3752  */
t4_pmtx_get_stats(struct adapter * adap,u32 cnt[],u64 cycles[])3753 void t4_pmtx_get_stats(struct adapter *adap, u32 cnt[], u64 cycles[])
3754 {
3755 	int i;
3756 	u32 data[2];
3757 
3758 	for (i = 0; i < PM_NSTATS; i++) {
3759 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_PM_TX_STAT_CONFIG, i + 1);
3760 		cnt[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PM_TX_STAT_COUNT);
3761 		if (is_t4(adap))
3762 			cycles[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, A_PM_TX_STAT_LSB);
3763 		else {
3764 			t4_read_indirect(adap, A_PM_TX_DBG_CTRL,
3765 					 A_PM_TX_DBG_DATA, data, 2,
3766 					 A_PM_TX_DBG_STAT_MSB);
3767 			cycles[i] = (((u64)data[0] << 32) | data[1]);
3768 		}
3769 	}
3770 }
3771 
3772 /**
3773  *	t4_pmrx_get_stats - returns the HW stats from PMRX
3774  *	@adap: the adapter
3775  *	@cnt: where to store the count statistics
3776  *	@cycles: where to store the cycle statistics
3777  *
3778  *	Returns performance statistics from PMRX.
3779  */
t4_pmrx_get_stats(struct adapter * adap,u32 cnt[],u64 cycles[])3780 void t4_pmrx_get_stats(struct adapter *adap, u32 cnt[], u64 cycles[])
3781 {
3782 	int i;
3783 	u32 data[2];
3784 
3785 	for (i = 0; i < PM_NSTATS; i++) {
3786 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_PM_RX_STAT_CONFIG, i + 1);
3787 		cnt[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PM_RX_STAT_COUNT);
3788 		if (is_t4(adap))
3789 			cycles[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, A_PM_RX_STAT_LSB);
3790 		else {
3791 			t4_read_indirect(adap, A_PM_RX_DBG_CTRL,
3792 					 A_PM_RX_DBG_DATA, data, 2,
3793 					 A_PM_RX_DBG_STAT_MSB);
3794 			cycles[i] = (((u64)data[0] << 32) | data[1]);
3795 		}
3796 	}
3797 }
3798 
3799 /**
3800  *	get_mps_bg_map - return the buffer groups associated with a port
3801  *	@adap: the adapter
3802  *	@idx: the port index
3803  *
3804  *	Returns a bitmap indicating which MPS buffer groups are associated
3805  *	with the given port.  Bit i is set if buffer group i is used by the
3806  *	port.
3807  */
get_mps_bg_map(struct adapter * adap,int idx)3808 static unsigned int get_mps_bg_map(struct adapter *adap, int idx)
3809 {
3810 	u32 n = G_NUMPORTS(t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_CMN_CTL));
3811 
3812 	if (n == 0)
3813 		return idx == 0 ? 0xf : 0;
3814 	if (n == 1)
3815 		return idx < 2 ? (3 << (2 * idx)) : 0;
3816 	return 1 << idx;
3817 }
3818 
3819 /**
3820  *      t4_get_port_stats_offset - collect port stats relative to a previous
3821  *                                 snapshot
3822  *      @adap: The adapter
3823  *      @idx: The port
3824  *      @stats: Current stats to fill
3825  *      @offset: Previous stats snapshot
3826  */
t4_get_port_stats_offset(struct adapter * adap,int idx,struct port_stats * stats,struct port_stats * offset)3827 void t4_get_port_stats_offset(struct adapter *adap, int idx,
3828 		struct port_stats *stats,
3829 		struct port_stats *offset)
3830 {
3831 	u64 *s, *o;
3832 	int i;
3833 
3834 	t4_get_port_stats(adap, idx, stats);
3835 	for (i = 0, s = (u64 *)stats, o = (u64 *)offset ;
3836 			i < (sizeof(struct port_stats)/sizeof(u64)) ;
3837 			i++, s++, o++)
3838 		*s -= *o;
3839 }
3840 
3841 /**
3842  *	t4_get_port_stats - collect port statistics
3843  *	@adap: the adapter
3844  *	@idx: the port index
3845  *	@p: the stats structure to fill
3846  *
3847  *	Collect statistics related to the given port from HW.
3848  */
t4_get_port_stats(struct adapter * adap,int idx,struct port_stats * p)3849 void t4_get_port_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx, struct port_stats *p)
3850 {
3851 	u32 bgmap = get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
3852 
3853 #define GET_STAT(name) \
3854 	t4_read_reg64(adap, \
3855 	(is_t4(adap) ? PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_##name##_L) : \
3856 	T5_PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_##name##_L)))
3857 #define GET_STAT_COM(name) t4_read_reg64(adap, A_MPS_STAT_##name##_L)
3858 
3859 	p->tx_pause            = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PAUSE);
3860 	p->tx_octets           = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_BYTES);
3861 	p->tx_frames           = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_FRAMES);
3862 	p->tx_bcast_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_BCAST);
3863 	p->tx_mcast_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_MCAST);
3864 	p->tx_ucast_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_UCAST);
3865 	p->tx_error_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_ERROR);
3866 	p->tx_frames_64        = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_64B);
3867 	p->tx_frames_65_127    = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_65B_127B);
3868 	p->tx_frames_128_255   = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_128B_255B);
3869 	p->tx_frames_256_511   = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_256B_511B);
3870 	p->tx_frames_512_1023  = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_512B_1023B);
3871 	p->tx_frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_1024B_1518B);
3872 	p->tx_frames_1519_max  = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_1519B_MAX);
3873 	p->tx_drop             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_DROP);
3874 	p->tx_ppp0             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP0);
3875 	p->tx_ppp1             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP1);
3876 	p->tx_ppp2             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP2);
3877 	p->tx_ppp3             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP3);
3878 	p->tx_ppp4             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP4);
3879 	p->tx_ppp5             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP5);
3880 	p->tx_ppp6             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP6);
3881 	p->tx_ppp7             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP7);
3882 
3883 	p->rx_pause            = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PAUSE);
3884 	p->rx_octets           = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_BYTES);
3885 	p->rx_frames           = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_FRAMES);
3886 	p->rx_bcast_frames     = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_BCAST);
3887 	p->rx_mcast_frames     = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MCAST);
3888 	p->rx_ucast_frames     = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_UCAST);
3889 	p->rx_too_long         = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MTU_ERROR);
3890 	p->rx_jabber           = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MTU_CRC_ERROR);
3891 	p->rx_fcs_err          = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_CRC_ERROR);
3892 	p->rx_len_err          = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_LEN_ERROR);
3893 	p->rx_symbol_err       = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_SYM_ERROR);
3894 	p->rx_runt             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_LESS_64B);
3895 	p->rx_frames_64        = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_64B);
3896 	p->rx_frames_65_127    = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_65B_127B);
3897 	p->rx_frames_128_255   = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_128B_255B);
3898 	p->rx_frames_256_511   = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_256B_511B);
3899 	p->rx_frames_512_1023  = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_512B_1023B);
3900 	p->rx_frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_1024B_1518B);
3901 	p->rx_frames_1519_max  = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_1519B_MAX);
3902 	p->rx_ppp0             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP0);
3903 	p->rx_ppp1             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP1);
3904 	p->rx_ppp2             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP2);
3905 	p->rx_ppp3             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP3);
3906 	p->rx_ppp4             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP4);
3907 	p->rx_ppp5             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP5);
3908 	p->rx_ppp6             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP6);
3909 	p->rx_ppp7             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP7);
3910 
3911 	p->rx_ovflow0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3912 	p->rx_ovflow1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3913 	p->rx_ovflow2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3914 	p->rx_ovflow3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3915 	p->rx_trunc0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3916 	p->rx_trunc1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3917 	p->rx_trunc2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3918 	p->rx_trunc3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3919 
3920 #undef GET_STAT
3921 #undef GET_STAT_COM
3922 }
3923 
3924 /**
3925  *	t4_clr_port_stats - clear port statistics
3926  *	@adap: the adapter
3927  *	@idx: the port index
3928  *
3929  *	Clear HW statistics for the given port.
3930  */
t4_clr_port_stats(struct adapter * adap,int idx)3931 void t4_clr_port_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx)
3932 {
3933 	unsigned int i;
3934 	u32 bgmap = get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
3935 	u32 port_base_addr;
3936 
3937 	if (is_t4(adap))
3938 		port_base_addr = PORT_BASE(idx);
3939 	else
3940 		port_base_addr = T5_PORT_BASE(idx);
3941 
3942 	for (i = A_MPS_PORT_STAT_TX_PORT_BYTES_L;
3943 			i <= A_MPS_PORT_STAT_TX_PORT_PPP7_H; i += 8)
3944 		t4_write_reg(adap, port_base_addr + i, 0);
3945 	for (i = A_MPS_PORT_STAT_RX_PORT_BYTES_L;
3946 			i <= A_MPS_PORT_STAT_RX_PORT_LESS_64B_H; i += 8)
3947 		t4_write_reg(adap, port_base_addr + i, 0);
3948 	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
3949 		if (bgmap & (1 << i)) {
3950 			t4_write_reg(adap,
3951 				A_MPS_STAT_RX_BG_0_MAC_DROP_FRAME_L + i * 8, 0);
3952 			t4_write_reg(adap,
3953 				A_MPS_STAT_RX_BG_0_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME_L + i * 8, 0);
3954 		}
3955 }
3956 
3957 /**
3958  *	t4_get_lb_stats - collect loopback port statistics
3959  *	@adap: the adapter
3960  *	@idx: the loopback port index
3961  *	@p: the stats structure to fill
3962  *
3963  *	Return HW statistics for the given loopback port.
3964  */
t4_get_lb_stats(struct adapter * adap,int idx,struct lb_port_stats * p)3965 void t4_get_lb_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx, struct lb_port_stats *p)
3966 {
3967 	u32 bgmap = get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
3968 
3969 #define GET_STAT(name) \
3970 	t4_read_reg64(adap, \
3971 	(is_t4(adap) ? \
3972 	PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_LB_PORT_##name##_L) : \
3973 	T5_PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_LB_PORT_##name##_L)))
3974 #define GET_STAT_COM(name) t4_read_reg64(adap, A_MPS_STAT_##name##_L)
3975 
3976 	p->octets           = GET_STAT(BYTES);
3977 	p->frames           = GET_STAT(FRAMES);
3978 	p->bcast_frames     = GET_STAT(BCAST);
3979 	p->mcast_frames     = GET_STAT(MCAST);
3980 	p->ucast_frames     = GET_STAT(UCAST);
3981 	p->error_frames     = GET_STAT(ERROR);
3982 
3983 	p->frames_64        = GET_STAT(64B);
3984 	p->frames_65_127    = GET_STAT(65B_127B);
3985 	p->frames_128_255   = GET_STAT(128B_255B);
3986 	p->frames_256_511   = GET_STAT(256B_511B);
3987 	p->frames_512_1023  = GET_STAT(512B_1023B);
3988 	p->frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(1024B_1518B);
3989 	p->frames_1519_max  = GET_STAT(1519B_MAX);
3990 	p->drop             = GET_STAT(DROP_FRAMES);
3991 
3992 	p->ovflow0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3993 	p->ovflow1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3994 	p->ovflow2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3995 	p->ovflow3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3996 	p->trunc0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3997 	p->trunc1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3998 	p->trunc2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3999 	p->trunc3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
4000 
4001 #undef GET_STAT
4002 #undef GET_STAT_COM
4003 }
4004 
4005 /**
4006  *	t4_wol_magic_enable - enable/disable magic packet WoL
4007  *	@adap: the adapter
4008  *	@port: the physical port index
4009  *	@addr: MAC address expected in magic packets, %NULL to disable
4010  *
4011  *	Enables/disables magic packet wake-on-LAN for the selected port.
4012  */
t4_wol_magic_enable(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int port,const u8 * addr)4013 void t4_wol_magic_enable(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int port,
4014 			 const u8 *addr)
4015 {
4016 	u32 mag_id_reg_l, mag_id_reg_h, port_cfg_reg;
4017 
4018 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
4019 		mag_id_reg_l = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_LO);
4020 		mag_id_reg_h = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_HI);
4021 		port_cfg_reg = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_CFG2);
4022 	} else {
4023 		mag_id_reg_l = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_LO);
4024 		mag_id_reg_h = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_HI);
4025 		port_cfg_reg = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_CFG2);
4026 	}
4027 
4028 	if (addr) {
4029 		t4_write_reg(adap, mag_id_reg_l,
4030 			     (addr[2] << 24) | (addr[3] << 16) |
4031 			     (addr[4] << 8) | addr[5]);
4032 		t4_write_reg(adap, mag_id_reg_h,
4033 			     (addr[0] << 8) | addr[1]);
4034 	}
4035 	t4_set_reg_field(adap, port_cfg_reg, F_MAGICEN,
4036 			 V_MAGICEN(addr != NULL));
4037 }
4038 
4039 /**
4040  *	t4_wol_pat_enable - enable/disable pattern-based WoL
4041  *	@adap: the adapter
4042  *	@port: the physical port index
4043  *	@map: bitmap of which HW pattern filters to set
4044  *	@mask0: byte mask for bytes 0-63 of a packet
4045  *	@mask1: byte mask for bytes 64-127 of a packet
4046  *	@crc: Ethernet CRC for selected bytes
4047  *	@enable: enable/disable switch
4048  *
4049  *	Sets the pattern filters indicated in @map to mask out the bytes
4050  *	specified in @mask0/@mask1 in received packets and compare the CRC of
4051  *	the resulting packet against @crc.  If @enable is %true pattern-based
4052  *	WoL is enabled, otherwise disabled.
4053  */
t4_wol_pat_enable(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int port,unsigned int map,u64 mask0,u64 mask1,unsigned int crc,bool enable)4054 int t4_wol_pat_enable(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int port, unsigned int map,
4055 		      u64 mask0, u64 mask1, unsigned int crc, bool enable)
4056 {
4057 	int i;
4058 	u32 port_cfg_reg;
4059 
4060 	if (is_t4(adap))
4061 		port_cfg_reg = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_CFG2);
4062 	else
4063 		port_cfg_reg = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_CFG2);
4064 
4065 	if (!enable) {
4066 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, port_cfg_reg, F_PATEN, 0);
4067 		return 0;
4068 	}
4069 	if (map > 0xff)
4070 		return -EINVAL;
4071 
4072 #define EPIO_REG(name) \
4073 	(is_t4(adap) ? PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_EPIO_##name) : \
4074 	T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_EPIO_##name))
4075 
4076 	t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA1), mask0 >> 32);
4077 	t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA2), mask1);
4078 	t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA3), mask1 >> 32);
4079 
4080 	for (i = 0; i < NWOL_PAT; i++, map >>= 1) {
4081 		if (!(map & 1))
4082 			continue;
4083 
4084 		/* write byte masks */
4085 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA0), mask0);
4086 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP), V_ADDRESS(i) | F_EPIOWR);
4087 		t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP));                /* flush */
4088 		if (t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP)) & F_BUSY)
4089 			return -ETIMEDOUT;
4090 
4091 		/* write CRC */
4092 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA0), crc);
4093 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP), V_ADDRESS(i + 32) | F_EPIOWR);
4094 		t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP));                /* flush */
4095 		if (t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP)) & F_BUSY)
4096 			return -ETIMEDOUT;
4097 	}
4098 #undef EPIO_REG
4099 
4100 	t4_set_reg_field(adap, port_cfg_reg, 0, F_PATEN);
4101 	return 0;
4102 }
4103 
4104 /**
4105  *	t4_mk_filtdelwr - create a delete filter WR
4106  *	@ftid: the filter ID
4107  *	@wr: the filter work request to populate
4108  *	@qid: ingress queue to receive the delete notification
4109  *
4110  *	Creates a filter work request to delete the supplied filter.  If @qid is
4111  *	negative the delete notification is suppressed.
4112  */
t4_mk_filtdelwr(unsigned int ftid,struct fw_filter_wr * wr,int qid)4113 void t4_mk_filtdelwr(unsigned int ftid, struct fw_filter_wr *wr, int qid)
4114 {
4115 	memset(wr, 0, sizeof(*wr));
4116 	wr->op_pkd = htonl(V_FW_WR_OP(FW_FILTER_WR));
4117 	wr->len16_pkd = htonl(V_FW_WR_LEN16(sizeof(*wr) / 16));
4118 	wr->tid_to_iq = htonl(V_FW_FILTER_WR_TID(ftid) |
4119 			      V_FW_FILTER_WR_NOREPLY(qid < 0));
4120 	wr->del_filter_to_l2tix = htonl(F_FW_FILTER_WR_DEL_FILTER);
4121 	if (qid >= 0)
4122 		wr->rx_chan_rx_rpl_iq = htons(V_FW_FILTER_WR_RX_RPL_IQ(qid));
4123 }
4124 
4125 #define INIT_CMD(var, cmd, rd_wr) do { \
4126 	(var).op_to_write = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_##cmd##_CMD) | \
4127 				  F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_##rd_wr); \
4128 	(var).retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(var)); \
4129 } while (0)
4130 
t4_fwaddrspace_write(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,u32 addr,u32 val)4131 int t4_fwaddrspace_write(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, u32 addr, u32 val)
4132 {
4133 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4134 
4135 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4136 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4137 		F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_FIRMWARE));
4138 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4139 	c.u.addrval.addr = htonl(addr);
4140 	c.u.addrval.val = htonl(val);
4141 
4142 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4143 }
4144 
4145 /**
4146  *	t4_mdio_rd - read a PHY register through MDIO
4147  *	@adap: the adapter
4148  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4149  *	@phy_addr: the PHY address
4150  *	@mmd: the PHY MMD to access (0 for clause 22 PHYs)
4151  *	@reg: the register to read
4152  *	@valp: where to store the value
4153  *
4154  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to read a PHY register.
4155  */
t4_mdio_rd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int phy_addr,unsigned int mmd,unsigned int reg,unsigned int * valp)4156 int t4_mdio_rd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int phy_addr,
4157 	       unsigned int mmd, unsigned int reg, unsigned int *valp)
4158 {
4159 	int ret;
4160 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4161 
4162 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4163 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4164 		F_FW_CMD_READ | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_MDIO));
4165 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4166 	c.u.mdio.paddr_mmd = htons(V_FW_LDST_CMD_PADDR(phy_addr) |
4167 				   V_FW_LDST_CMD_MMD(mmd));
4168 	c.u.mdio.raddr = htons(reg);
4169 
4170 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4171 	if (ret == 0)
4172 		*valp = ntohs(c.u.mdio.rval);
4173 	return ret;
4174 }
4175 
4176 /**
4177  *	t4_mdio_wr - write a PHY register through MDIO
4178  *	@adap: the adapter
4179  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4180  *	@phy_addr: the PHY address
4181  *	@mmd: the PHY MMD to access (0 for clause 22 PHYs)
4182  *	@reg: the register to write
4183  *	@valp: value to write
4184  *
4185  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to write a PHY register.
4186  */
t4_mdio_wr(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int phy_addr,unsigned int mmd,unsigned int reg,unsigned int val)4187 int t4_mdio_wr(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int phy_addr,
4188 	       unsigned int mmd, unsigned int reg, unsigned int val)
4189 {
4190 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4191 
4192 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4193 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4194 		F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_MDIO));
4195 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4196 	c.u.mdio.paddr_mmd = htons(V_FW_LDST_CMD_PADDR(phy_addr) |
4197 				   V_FW_LDST_CMD_MMD(mmd));
4198 	c.u.mdio.raddr = htons(reg);
4199 	c.u.mdio.rval = htons(val);
4200 
4201 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4202 }
4203 
4204 /**
4205  *	t4_i2c_rd - read I2C data from adapter
4206  *	@adap: the adapter
4207  *	@port: Port number if per-port device; <0 if not
4208  *	@devid: per-port device ID or absolute device ID
4209  *	@offset: byte offset into device I2C space
4210  *	@len: byte length of I2C space data
4211  *	@buf: buffer in which to return I2C data
4212  *
4213  *	Reads the I2C data from the indicated device and location.
4214  */
t4_i2c_rd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int port,unsigned int devid,unsigned int offset,unsigned int len,u8 * buf)4215 int t4_i2c_rd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4216 	      int port, unsigned int devid,
4217 	      unsigned int offset, unsigned int len,
4218 	      u8 *buf)
4219 {
4220 	struct fw_ldst_cmd ldst;
4221 	int ret;
4222 
4223 	if (port >= 4 ||
4224 	    devid >= 256 ||
4225 	    offset >= 256 ||
4226 	    len > sizeof ldst.u.i2c.data)
4227 		return -EINVAL;
4228 
4229 	memset(&ldst, 0, sizeof ldst);
4230 	ldst.op_to_addrspace =
4231 		cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) |
4232 			    F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4233 			    F_FW_CMD_READ |
4234 			    V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_I2C));
4235 	ldst.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(ldst));
4236 	ldst.u.i2c.pid = (port < 0 ? 0xff : port);
4237 	ldst.u.i2c.did = devid;
4238 	ldst.u.i2c.boffset = offset;
4239 	ldst.u.i2c.blen = len;
4240 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &ldst, sizeof ldst, &ldst);
4241 	if (!ret)
4242 		memcpy(buf, ldst.u.i2c.data, len);
4243 	return ret;
4244 }
4245 
4246 /**
4247  *	t4_i2c_wr - write I2C data to adapter
4248  *	@adap: the adapter
4249  *	@port: Port number if per-port device; <0 if not
4250  *	@devid: per-port device ID or absolute device ID
4251  *	@offset: byte offset into device I2C space
4252  *	@len: byte length of I2C space data
4253  *	@buf: buffer containing new I2C data
4254  *
4255  *	Write the I2C data to the indicated device and location.
4256  */
t4_i2c_wr(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int port,unsigned int devid,unsigned int offset,unsigned int len,u8 * buf)4257 int t4_i2c_wr(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4258 	      int port, unsigned int devid,
4259 	      unsigned int offset, unsigned int len,
4260 	      u8 *buf)
4261 {
4262 	struct fw_ldst_cmd ldst;
4263 
4264 	if (port >= 4 ||
4265 	    devid >= 256 ||
4266 	    offset >= 256 ||
4267 	    len > sizeof ldst.u.i2c.data)
4268 		return -EINVAL;
4269 
4270 	memset(&ldst, 0, sizeof ldst);
4271 	ldst.op_to_addrspace =
4272 		cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) |
4273 			    F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4274 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
4275 			    V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_I2C));
4276 	ldst.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(ldst));
4277 	ldst.u.i2c.pid = (port < 0 ? 0xff : port);
4278 	ldst.u.i2c.did = devid;
4279 	ldst.u.i2c.boffset = offset;
4280 	ldst.u.i2c.blen = len;
4281 	memcpy(ldst.u.i2c.data, buf, len);
4282 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &ldst, sizeof ldst, &ldst);
4283 }
4284 
4285 /**
4286  *	t4_sge_ctxt_flush - flush the SGE context cache
4287  *	@adap: the adapter
4288  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4289  *
4290  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to flush the
4291  *	SGE context cache.
4292  */
t4_sge_ctxt_flush(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox)4293 int t4_sge_ctxt_flush(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
4294 {
4295 	int ret;
4296 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4297 
4298 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4299 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4300 			F_FW_CMD_READ |
4301 			V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_EGRC));
4302 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4303 	c.u.idctxt.msg_ctxtflush = htonl(F_FW_LDST_CMD_CTXTFLUSH);
4304 
4305 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4306 	return ret;
4307 }
4308 
4309 /**
4310  *	t4_sge_ctxt_rd - read an SGE context through FW
4311  *	@adap: the adapter
4312  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4313  *	@cid: the context id
4314  *	@ctype: the context type
4315  *	@data: where to store the context data
4316  *
4317  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to read an SGE context.
4318  */
t4_sge_ctxt_rd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int cid,enum ctxt_type ctype,u32 * data)4319 int t4_sge_ctxt_rd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int cid,
4320 		   enum ctxt_type ctype, u32 *data)
4321 {
4322 	int ret;
4323 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4324 
4325 	if (ctype == CTXT_EGRESS)
4326 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_EGRC;
4327 	else if (ctype == CTXT_INGRESS)
4328 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_INGC;
4329 	else if (ctype == CTXT_FLM)
4330 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_FLMC;
4331 	else
4332 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_CONMC;
4333 
4334 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4335 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4336 				  F_FW_CMD_READ | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(ret));
4337 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4338 	c.u.idctxt.physid = htonl(cid);
4339 
4340 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4341 	if (ret == 0) {
4342 		data[0] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data0);
4343 		data[1] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data1);
4344 		data[2] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data2);
4345 		data[3] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data3);
4346 		data[4] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data4);
4347 		data[5] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data5);
4348 	}
4349 	return ret;
4350 }
4351 
4352 /**
4353  *	t4_sge_ctxt_rd_bd - read an SGE context bypassing FW
4354  *	@adap: the adapter
4355  *	@cid: the context id
4356  *	@ctype: the context type
4357  *	@data: where to store the context data
4358  *
4359  *	Reads an SGE context directly, bypassing FW.  This is only for
4360  *	debugging when FW is unavailable.
4361  */
t4_sge_ctxt_rd_bd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int cid,enum ctxt_type ctype,u32 * data)4362 int t4_sge_ctxt_rd_bd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int cid, enum ctxt_type ctype,
4363 		      u32 *data)
4364 {
4365 	int i, ret;
4366 
4367 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_SGE_CTXT_CMD, V_CTXTQID(cid) | V_CTXTTYPE(ctype));
4368 	ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_SGE_CTXT_CMD, F_BUSY, 0, 3, 1);
4369 	if (!ret)
4370 		for (i = A_SGE_CTXT_DATA0; i <= A_SGE_CTXT_DATA5; i += 4)
4371 			*data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, i);
4372 	return ret;
4373 }
4374 
4375 /**
4376  *	t4_fw_hello - establish communication with FW
4377  *	@adap: the adapter
4378  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4379  *	@evt_mbox: mailbox to receive async FW events
4380  *	@master: specifies the caller's willingness to be the device master
4381  *	@state: returns the current device state (if non-NULL)
4382  *
4383  *	Issues a command to establish communication with FW.  Returns either
4384  *	an error (negative integer) or the mailbox of the Master PF.
4385  */
t4_fw_hello(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int evt_mbox,enum dev_master master,enum dev_state * state)4386 int t4_fw_hello(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int evt_mbox,
4387 		enum dev_master master, enum dev_state *state)
4388 {
4389 	int ret;
4390 	struct fw_hello_cmd c;
4391 	u32 v;
4392 	unsigned int master_mbox;
4393 	int retries = FW_CMD_HELLO_RETRIES;
4394 
4395 retry:
4396 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4397 	INIT_CMD(c, HELLO, WRITE);
4398 	c.err_to_clearinit = htonl(
4399 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MASTERDIS(master == MASTER_CANT) |
4400 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MASTERFORCE(master == MASTER_MUST) |
4401 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER(master == MASTER_MUST ? mbox :
4402 			M_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER) |
4403 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBASYNCNOT(evt_mbox) |
4404 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_STAGE(FW_HELLO_CMD_STAGE_OS) |
4405 		F_FW_HELLO_CMD_CLEARINIT);
4406 
4407 	/*
4408 	 * Issue the HELLO command to the firmware.  If it's not successful
4409 	 * but indicates that we got a "busy" or "timeout" condition, retry
4410 	 * the HELLO until we exhaust our retry limit.  If we do exceed our
4411 	 * retry limit, check to see if the firmware left us any error
4412 	 * information and report that if so ...
4413 	 */
4414 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4415 	if (ret != FW_SUCCESS) {
4416 		if ((ret == -EBUSY || ret == -ETIMEDOUT) && retries-- > 0)
4417 			goto retry;
4418 		if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
4419 			t4_report_fw_error(adap);
4420 		return ret;
4421 	}
4422 
4423 	v = ntohl(c.err_to_clearinit);
4424 	master_mbox = G_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER(v);
4425 	if (state) {
4426 		if (v & F_FW_HELLO_CMD_ERR)
4427 			*state = DEV_STATE_ERR;
4428 		else if (v & F_FW_HELLO_CMD_INIT)
4429 			*state = DEV_STATE_INIT;
4430 		else
4431 			*state = DEV_STATE_UNINIT;
4432 	}
4433 
4434 	/*
4435 	 * If we're not the Master PF then we need to wait around for the
4436 	 * Master PF Driver to finish setting up the adapter.
4437 	 *
4438 	 * Note that we also do this wait if we're a non-Master-capable PF and
4439 	 * there is no current Master PF; a Master PF may show up momentarily
4440 	 * and we wouldn't want to fail pointlessly.  (This can happen when an
4441 	 * OS loads lots of different drivers rapidly at the same time).  In
4442 	 * this case, the Master PF returned by the firmware will be
4443 	 * M_PCIE_FW_MASTER so the test below will work ...
4444 	 */
4445 	if ((v & (F_FW_HELLO_CMD_ERR|F_FW_HELLO_CMD_INIT)) == 0 &&
4446 	    master_mbox != mbox) {
4447 		int waiting = FW_CMD_HELLO_TIMEOUT;
4448 
4449 		/*
4450 		 * Wait for the firmware to either indicate an error or
4451 		 * initialized state.  If we see either of these we bail out
4452 		 * and report the issue to the caller.  If we exhaust the
4453 		 * "hello timeout" and we haven't exhausted our retries, try
4454 		 * again.  Otherwise bail with a timeout error.
4455 		 */
4456 		for (;;) {
4457 			u32 pcie_fw;
4458 
4459 			msleep(50);
4460 			waiting -= 50;
4461 
4462 			/*
4463 			 * If neither Error nor Initialialized are indicated
4464 			 * by the firmware keep waiting till we exhaust our
4465 			 * timeout ... and then retry if we haven't exhausted
4466 			 * our retries ...
4467 			 */
4468 			pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW);
4469 			if (!(pcie_fw & (F_PCIE_FW_ERR|F_PCIE_FW_INIT))) {
4470 				if (waiting <= 0) {
4471 					if (retries-- > 0)
4472 						goto retry;
4473 
4474 					return -ETIMEDOUT;
4475 				}
4476 				continue;
4477 			}
4478 
4479 			/*
4480 			 * We either have an Error or Initialized condition
4481 			 * report errors preferentially.
4482 			 */
4483 			if (state) {
4484 				if (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
4485 					*state = DEV_STATE_ERR;
4486 				else if (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_INIT)
4487 					*state = DEV_STATE_INIT;
4488 			}
4489 
4490 			/*
4491 			 * If we arrived before a Master PF was selected and
4492 			 * there's not a valid Master PF, grab its identity
4493 			 * for our caller.
4494 			 */
4495 			if (master_mbox == M_PCIE_FW_MASTER &&
4496 			    (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_MASTER_VLD))
4497 				master_mbox = G_PCIE_FW_MASTER(pcie_fw);
4498 			break;
4499 		}
4500 	}
4501 
4502 	return master_mbox;
4503 }
4504 
4505 /**
4506  *	t4_fw_bye - end communication with FW
4507  *	@adap: the adapter
4508  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4509  *
4510  *	Issues a command to terminate communication with FW.
4511  */
t4_fw_bye(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox)4512 int t4_fw_bye(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
4513 {
4514 	struct fw_bye_cmd c;
4515 
4516 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4517 	INIT_CMD(c, BYE, WRITE);
4518 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4519 }
4520 
4521 /**
4522  *	t4_fw_reset - issue a reset to FW
4523  *	@adap: the adapter
4524  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4525  *	@reset: specifies the type of reset to perform
4526  *
4527  *	Issues a reset command of the specified type to FW.
4528  */
t4_fw_reset(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int reset)4529 int t4_fw_reset(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int reset)
4530 {
4531 	struct fw_reset_cmd c;
4532 
4533 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4534 	INIT_CMD(c, RESET, WRITE);
4535 	c.val = htonl(reset);
4536 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4537 }
4538 
4539 /**
4540  *	t4_fw_halt - issue a reset/halt to FW and put uP into RESET
4541  *	@adap: the adapter
4542  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW RESET command (if desired)
4543  *	@force: force uP into RESET even if FW RESET command fails
4544  *
4545  *	Issues a RESET command to firmware (if desired) with a HALT indication
4546  *	and then puts the microprocessor into RESET state.  The RESET command
4547  *	will only be issued if a legitimate mailbox is provided (mbox <=
4548  *	M_PCIE_FW_MASTER).
4549  *
4550  *	This is generally used in order for the host to safely manipulate the
4551  *	adapter without fear of conflicting with whatever the firmware might
4552  *	be doing.  The only way out of this state is to RESTART the firmware
4553  *	...
4554  */
t4_fw_halt(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int force)4555 int t4_fw_halt(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int force)
4556 {
4557 	int ret = 0;
4558 
4559 	/*
4560 	 * If a legitimate mailbox is provided, issue a RESET command
4561 	 * with a HALT indication.
4562 	 */
4563 	if (mbox <= M_PCIE_FW_MASTER) {
4564 		struct fw_reset_cmd c;
4565 
4566 		memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4567 		INIT_CMD(c, RESET, WRITE);
4568 		c.val = htonl(F_PIORST | F_PIORSTMODE);
4569 		c.halt_pkd = htonl(F_FW_RESET_CMD_HALT);
4570 		ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4571 	}
4572 
4573 	/*
4574 	 * Normally we won't complete the operation if the firmware RESET
4575 	 * command fails but if our caller insists we'll go ahead and put the
4576 	 * uP into RESET.  This can be useful if the firmware is hung or even
4577 	 * missing ...  We'll have to take the risk of putting the uP into
4578 	 * RESET without the cooperation of firmware in that case.
4579 	 *
4580 	 * We also force the firmware's HALT flag to be on in case we bypassed
4581 	 * the firmware RESET command above or we're dealing with old firmware
4582 	 * which doesn't have the HALT capability.  This will serve as a flag
4583 	 * for the incoming firmware to know that it's coming out of a HALT
4584 	 * rather than a RESET ... if it's new enough to understand that ...
4585 	 */
4586 	if (ret == 0 || force) {
4587 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_CIM_BOOT_CFG, F_UPCRST, F_UPCRST);
4588 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_PCIE_FW, F_PCIE_FW_HALT, F_PCIE_FW_HALT);
4589 	}
4590 
4591 	/*
4592 	 * And we always return the result of the firmware RESET command
4593 	 * even when we force the uP into RESET ...
4594 	 */
4595 	return ret;
4596 }
4597 
4598 /**
4599  *	t4_fw_restart - restart the firmware by taking the uP out of RESET
4600  *	@adap: the adapter
4601  *	@reset: if we want to do a RESET to restart things
4602  *
4603  *	Restart firmware previously halted by t4_fw_halt().  On successful
4604  *	return the previous PF Master remains as the new PF Master and there
4605  *	is no need to issue a new HELLO command, etc.
4606  *
4607  *	We do this in two ways:
4608  *
4609  *	 1. If we're dealing with newer firmware we'll simply want to take
4610  *	    the chip's microprocessor out of RESET.  This will cause the
4611  *	    firmware to start up from its start vector.  And then we'll loop
4612  *	    until the firmware indicates it's started again (PCIE_FW.HALT
4613  *	    reset to 0) or we timeout.
4614  *
4615  *	 2. If we're dealing with older firmware then we'll need to RESET
4616  *	    the chip since older firmware won't recognize the PCIE_FW.HALT
4617  *	    flag and automatically RESET itself on startup.
4618  */
t4_fw_restart(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int reset)4619 int t4_fw_restart(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int reset)
4620 {
4621 	if (reset) {
4622 		/*
4623 		 * Since we're directing the RESET instead of the firmware
4624 		 * doing it automatically, we need to clear the PCIE_FW.HALT
4625 		 * bit.
4626 		 */
4627 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_PCIE_FW, F_PCIE_FW_HALT, 0);
4628 
4629 		/*
4630 		 * If we've been given a valid mailbox, first try to get the
4631 		 * firmware to do the RESET.  If that works, great and we can
4632 		 * return success.  Otherwise, if we haven't been given a
4633 		 * valid mailbox or the RESET command failed, fall back to
4634 		 * hitting the chip with a hammer.
4635 		 */
4636 		if (mbox <= M_PCIE_FW_MASTER) {
4637 			t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_CIM_BOOT_CFG, F_UPCRST, 0);
4638 			msleep(100);
4639 			if (t4_fw_reset(adap, mbox,
4640 					F_PIORST | F_PIORSTMODE) == 0)
4641 				return 0;
4642 		}
4643 
4644 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_PL_RST, F_PIORST | F_PIORSTMODE);
4645 		msleep(2000);
4646 	} else {
4647 		int ms;
4648 
4649 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_CIM_BOOT_CFG, F_UPCRST, 0);
4650 		for (ms = 0; ms < FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT; ) {
4651 			if (!(t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_HALT))
4652 				return FW_SUCCESS;
4653 			msleep(100);
4654 			ms += 100;
4655 		}
4656 		return -ETIMEDOUT;
4657 	}
4658 	return 0;
4659 }
4660 
4661 /**
4662  *	t4_fw_upgrade - perform all of the steps necessary to upgrade FW
4663  *	@adap: the adapter
4664  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW RESET command (if desired)
4665  *	@fw_data: the firmware image to write
4666  *	@size: image size
4667  *	@force: force upgrade even if firmware doesn't cooperate
4668  *
4669  *	Perform all of the steps necessary for upgrading an adapter's
4670  *	firmware image.  Normally this requires the cooperation of the
4671  *	existing firmware in order to halt all existing activities
4672  *	but if an invalid mailbox token is passed in we skip that step
4673  *	(though we'll still put the adapter microprocessor into RESET in
4674  *	that case).
4675  *
4676  *	On successful return the new firmware will have been loaded and
4677  *	the adapter will have been fully RESET losing all previous setup
4678  *	state.  On unsuccessful return the adapter may be completely hosed ...
4679  *	positive errno indicates that the adapter is ~probably~ intact, a
4680  *	negative errno indicates that things are looking bad ...
4681  */
t4_fw_upgrade(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,const u8 * fw_data,unsigned int size,int force)4682 int t4_fw_upgrade(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4683 		  const u8 *fw_data, unsigned int size, int force)
4684 {
4685 	const struct fw_hdr *fw_hdr = (const struct fw_hdr *)fw_data;
4686 	unsigned int bootstrap = ntohl(fw_hdr->magic) == FW_HDR_MAGIC_BOOTSTRAP;
4687 	int reset, ret;
4688 
4689 	if (!bootstrap) {
4690 		ret = t4_fw_halt(adap, mbox, force);
4691 		if (ret < 0 && !force)
4692 			return ret;
4693 	}
4694 
4695 	ret = t4_load_fw(adap, fw_data, size);
4696 	if (ret < 0 || bootstrap)
4697 		return ret;
4698 
4699 	/*
4700 	 * Older versions of the firmware don't understand the new
4701 	 * PCIE_FW.HALT flag and so won't know to perform a RESET when they
4702 	 * restart.  So for newly loaded older firmware we'll have to do the
4703 	 * RESET for it so it starts up on a clean slate.  We can tell if
4704 	 * the newly loaded firmware will handle this right by checking
4705 	 * its header flags to see if it advertises the capability.
4706 	 */
4707 	reset = ((ntohl(fw_hdr->flags) & FW_HDR_FLAGS_RESET_HALT) == 0);
4708 	return t4_fw_restart(adap, mbox, reset);
4709 }
4710 
4711 /**
4712  *	t4_fw_initialize - ask FW to initialize the device
4713  *	@adap: the adapter
4714  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4715  *
4716  *	Issues a command to FW to partially initialize the device.  This
4717  *	performs initialization that generally doesn't depend on user input.
4718  */
t4_fw_initialize(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox)4719 int t4_fw_initialize(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
4720 {
4721 	struct fw_initialize_cmd c;
4722 
4723 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4724 	INIT_CMD(c, INITIALIZE, WRITE);
4725 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4726 }
4727 
4728 /**
4729  *	t4_query_params - query FW or device parameters
4730  *	@adap: the adapter
4731  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4732  *	@pf: the PF
4733  *	@vf: the VF
4734  *	@nparams: the number of parameters
4735  *	@params: the parameter names
4736  *	@val: the parameter values
4737  *
4738  *	Reads the value of FW or device parameters.  Up to 7 parameters can be
4739  *	queried at once.
4740  */
t4_query_params(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nparams,const u32 * params,u32 * val)4741 int t4_query_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4742 		    unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
4743 		    u32 *val)
4744 {
4745 	int i, ret;
4746 	struct fw_params_cmd c;
4747 	__be32 *p = &c.param[0].mnem;
4748 
4749 	if (nparams > 7)
4750 		return -EINVAL;
4751 
4752 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4753 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PARAMS_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4754 			    F_FW_CMD_READ | V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_PFN(pf) |
4755 			    V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_VFN(vf));
4756 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4757 
4758 	for (i = 0; i < nparams; i++, p += 2, params++)
4759 		*p = htonl(*params);
4760 
4761 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4762 	if (ret == 0)
4763 		for (i = 0, p = &c.param[0].val; i < nparams; i++, p += 2)
4764 			*val++ = ntohl(*p);
4765 	return ret;
4766 }
4767 
4768 /**
4769  *	t4_set_params - sets FW or device parameters
4770  *	@adap: the adapter
4771  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4772  *	@pf: the PF
4773  *	@vf: the VF
4774  *	@nparams: the number of parameters
4775  *	@params: the parameter names
4776  *	@val: the parameter values
4777  *
4778  *	Sets the value of FW or device parameters.  Up to 7 parameters can be
4779  *	specified at once.
4780  */
t4_set_params(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nparams,const u32 * params,const u32 * val)4781 int t4_set_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4782 		  unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
4783 		  const u32 *val)
4784 {
4785 	struct fw_params_cmd c;
4786 	__be32 *p = &c.param[0].mnem;
4787 
4788 	if (nparams > 7)
4789 		return -EINVAL;
4790 
4791 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4792 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PARAMS_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4793 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_PFN(pf) |
4794 			    V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_VFN(vf));
4795 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4796 
4797 	while (nparams--) {
4798 		*p++ = htonl(*params);
4799 		params++;
4800 		*p++ = htonl(*val);
4801 		val++;
4802 	}
4803 
4804 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4805 }
4806 
4807 /**
4808  *	t4_cfg_pfvf - configure PF/VF resource limits
4809  *	@adap: the adapter
4810  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4811  *	@pf: the PF being configured
4812  *	@vf: the VF being configured
4813  *	@txq: the max number of egress queues
4814  *	@txq_eth_ctrl: the max number of egress Ethernet or control queues
4815  *	@rxqi: the max number of interrupt-capable ingress queues
4816  *	@rxq: the max number of interruptless ingress queues
4817  *	@tc: the PCI traffic class
4818  *	@vi: the max number of virtual interfaces
4819  *	@cmask: the channel access rights mask for the PF/VF
4820  *	@pmask: the port access rights mask for the PF/VF
4821  *	@nexact: the maximum number of exact MPS filters
4822  *	@rcaps: read capabilities
4823  *	@wxcaps: write/execute capabilities
4824  *
4825  *	Configures resource limits and capabilities for a physical or virtual
4826  *	function.
4827  */
t4_cfg_pfvf(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int txq,unsigned int txq_eth_ctrl,unsigned int rxqi,unsigned int rxq,unsigned int tc,unsigned int vi,unsigned int cmask,unsigned int pmask,unsigned int nexact,unsigned int rcaps,unsigned int wxcaps)4828 int t4_cfg_pfvf(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4829 		unsigned int vf, unsigned int txq, unsigned int txq_eth_ctrl,
4830 		unsigned int rxqi, unsigned int rxq, unsigned int tc,
4831 		unsigned int vi, unsigned int cmask, unsigned int pmask,
4832 		unsigned int nexact, unsigned int rcaps, unsigned int wxcaps)
4833 {
4834 	struct fw_pfvf_cmd c;
4835 
4836 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4837 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PFVF_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4838 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_PFVF_CMD_PFN(pf) |
4839 			    V_FW_PFVF_CMD_VFN(vf));
4840 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4841 	c.niqflint_niq = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NIQFLINT(rxqi) |
4842 			       V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NIQ(rxq));
4843 	c.type_to_neq = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_CMASK(cmask) |
4844 			      V_FW_PFVF_CMD_PMASK(pmask) |
4845 			      V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NEQ(txq));
4846 	c.tc_to_nexactf = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_TC(tc) | V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NVI(vi) |
4847 				V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NEXACTF(nexact));
4848 	c.r_caps_to_nethctrl = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_R_CAPS(rcaps) |
4849 				     V_FW_PFVF_CMD_WX_CAPS(wxcaps) |
4850 				     V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NETHCTRL(txq_eth_ctrl));
4851 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4852 }
4853 
4854 /**
4855  *	t4_alloc_vi_func - allocate a virtual interface
4856  *	@adap: the adapter
4857  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4858  *	@port: physical port associated with the VI
4859  *	@pf: the PF owning the VI
4860  *	@vf: the VF owning the VI
4861  *	@nmac: number of MAC addresses needed (1 to 5)
4862  *	@mac: the MAC addresses of the VI
4863  *	@rss_size: size of RSS table slice associated with this VI
4864  *	@portfunc: which Port Application Function MAC Address is desired
4865  *	@idstype: Intrusion Detection Type
4866  *
4867  *	Allocates a virtual interface for the given physical port.  If @mac is
4868  *	not %NULL it contains the MAC addresses of the VI as assigned by FW.
4869  *	@mac should be large enough to hold @nmac Ethernet addresses, they are
4870  *	stored consecutively so the space needed is @nmac * 6 bytes.
4871  *	Returns a negative error number or the non-negative VI id.
4872  */
t4_alloc_vi_func(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nmac,u8 * mac,unsigned int * rss_size,unsigned int portfunc,unsigned int idstype)4873 int t4_alloc_vi_func(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4874 		     unsigned int port, unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf,
4875 		     unsigned int nmac, u8 *mac, unsigned int *rss_size,
4876 		     unsigned int portfunc, unsigned int idstype)
4877 {
4878 	int ret;
4879 	struct fw_vi_cmd c;
4880 
4881 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4882 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4883 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE | F_FW_CMD_EXEC |
4884 			    V_FW_VI_CMD_PFN(pf) | V_FW_VI_CMD_VFN(vf));
4885 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_CMD_ALLOC | FW_LEN16(c));
4886 	c.type_to_viid = htons(V_FW_VI_CMD_TYPE(idstype) |
4887 			       V_FW_VI_CMD_FUNC(portfunc));
4888 	c.portid_pkd = V_FW_VI_CMD_PORTID(port);
4889 	c.nmac = nmac - 1;
4890 
4891 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4892 	if (ret)
4893 		return ret;
4894 
4895 	if (mac) {
4896 		memcpy(mac, c.mac, sizeof(c.mac));
4897 		switch (nmac) {
4898 		case 5:
4899 			memcpy(mac + 24, c.nmac3, sizeof(c.nmac3));
4900 		case 4:
4901 			memcpy(mac + 18, c.nmac2, sizeof(c.nmac2));
4902 		case 3:
4903 			memcpy(mac + 12, c.nmac1, sizeof(c.nmac1));
4904 		case 2:
4905 			memcpy(mac + 6,  c.nmac0, sizeof(c.nmac0));
4906 		}
4907 	}
4908 	if (rss_size)
4909 		*rss_size = G_FW_VI_CMD_RSSSIZE(ntohs(c.norss_rsssize));
4910 	return G_FW_VI_CMD_VIID(htons(c.type_to_viid));
4911 }
4912 
4913 /**
4914  *	t4_alloc_vi - allocate an [Ethernet Function] virtual interface
4915  *	@adap: the adapter
4916  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4917  *	@port: physical port associated with the VI
4918  *	@pf: the PF owning the VI
4919  *	@vf: the VF owning the VI
4920  *	@nmac: number of MAC addresses needed (1 to 5)
4921  *	@mac: the MAC addresses of the VI
4922  *	@rss_size: size of RSS table slice associated with this VI
4923  *
4924  *	backwards compatible and convieniance routine to allocate a Virtual
4925  *	Interface with a Ethernet Port Application Function and Intrustion
4926  *	Detection System disabled.
4927  */
t4_alloc_vi(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nmac,u8 * mac,unsigned int * rss_size)4928 int t4_alloc_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port,
4929 		unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf, unsigned int nmac, u8 *mac,
4930 		unsigned int *rss_size)
4931 {
4932 	return t4_alloc_vi_func(adap, mbox, port, pf, vf, nmac, mac, rss_size,
4933 				FW_VI_FUNC_ETH, 0);
4934 }
4935 
4936 /**
4937  *	t4_free_vi - free a virtual interface
4938  *	@adap: the adapter
4939  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4940  *	@pf: the PF owning the VI
4941  *	@vf: the VF owning the VI
4942  *	@viid: virtual interface identifiler
4943  *
4944  *	Free a previously allocated virtual interface.
4945  */
t4_free_vi(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int viid)4946 int t4_free_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4947 	       unsigned int vf, unsigned int viid)
4948 {
4949 	struct fw_vi_cmd c;
4950 
4951 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4952 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_CMD) |
4953 			    F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4954 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC |
4955 			    V_FW_VI_CMD_PFN(pf) |
4956 			    V_FW_VI_CMD_VFN(vf));
4957 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
4958 	c.type_to_viid = htons(V_FW_VI_CMD_VIID(viid));
4959 
4960 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4961 }
4962 
4963 /**
4964  *	t4_set_rxmode - set Rx properties of a virtual interface
4965  *	@adap: the adapter
4966  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4967  *	@viid: the VI id
4968  *	@mtu: the new MTU or -1
4969  *	@promisc: 1 to enable promiscuous mode, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
4970  *	@all_multi: 1 to enable all-multi mode, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
4971  *	@bcast: 1 to enable broadcast Rx, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
4972  *	@vlanex: 1 to enable HVLAN extraction, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
4973  *	@sleep_ok: if true we may sleep while awaiting command completion
4974  *
4975  *	Sets Rx properties of a virtual interface.
4976  */
t4_set_rxmode(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,int mtu,int promisc,int all_multi,int bcast,int vlanex,bool sleep_ok)4977 int t4_set_rxmode(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
4978 		  int mtu, int promisc, int all_multi, int bcast, int vlanex,
4979 		  bool sleep_ok)
4980 {
4981 	struct fw_vi_rxmode_cmd c;
4982 
4983 	/* convert to FW values */
4984 	if (mtu < 0)
4985 		mtu = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_MTU;
4986 	if (promisc < 0)
4987 		promisc = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_PROMISCEN;
4988 	if (all_multi < 0)
4989 		all_multi = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_ALLMULTIEN;
4990 	if (bcast < 0)
4991 		bcast = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_BROADCASTEN;
4992 	if (vlanex < 0)
4993 		vlanex = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VLANEXEN;
4994 
4995 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4996 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4997 			     F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VIID(viid));
4998 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4999 	c.mtu_to_vlanexen = htonl(V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_MTU(mtu) |
5000 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_PROMISCEN(promisc) |
5001 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_ALLMULTIEN(all_multi) |
5002 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_BROADCASTEN(bcast) |
5003 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VLANEXEN(vlanex));
5004 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL, sleep_ok);
5005 }
5006 
5007 /**
5008  *	t4_alloc_mac_filt - allocates exact-match filters for MAC addresses
5009  *	@adap: the adapter
5010  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5011  *	@viid: the VI id
5012  *	@free: if true any existing filters for this VI id are first removed
5013  *	@naddr: the number of MAC addresses to allocate filters for (up to 7)
5014  *	@addr: the MAC address(es)
5015  *	@idx: where to store the index of each allocated filter
5016  *	@hash: pointer to hash address filter bitmap
5017  *	@sleep_ok: call is allowed to sleep
5018  *
5019  *	Allocates an exact-match filter for each of the supplied addresses and
5020  *	sets it to the corresponding address.  If @idx is not %NULL it should
5021  *	have at least @naddr entries, each of which will be set to the index of
5022  *	the filter allocated for the corresponding MAC address.  If a filter
5023  *	could not be allocated for an address its index is set to 0xffff.
5024  *	If @hash is not %NULL addresses that fail to allocate an exact filter
5025  *	are hashed and update the hash filter bitmap pointed at by @hash.
5026  *
5027  *	Returns a negative error number or the number of filters allocated.
5028  */
t4_alloc_mac_filt(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,bool free,unsigned int naddr,const u8 ** addr,u16 * idx,u64 * hash,bool sleep_ok)5029 int t4_alloc_mac_filt(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
5030 		      unsigned int viid, bool free, unsigned int naddr,
5031 		      const u8 **addr, u16 *idx, u64 *hash, bool sleep_ok)
5032 {
5033 	int offset, ret = 0;
5034 	struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
5035 	unsigned int nfilters = 0;
5036 	unsigned int max_naddr = is_t4(adap) ?
5037 				       NUM_MPS_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES :
5038 				       NUM_MPS_T5_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
5039 	unsigned int rem = naddr;
5040 
5041 	if (naddr > max_naddr)
5042 		return -EINVAL;
5043 
5044 	for (offset = 0; offset < naddr ; /**/) {
5045 		unsigned int fw_naddr = (rem < ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact)
5046 					 ? rem
5047 					 : ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact));
5048 		size_t len16 = DIV_ROUND_UP(offsetof(struct fw_vi_mac_cmd,
5049 						     u.exact[fw_naddr]), 16);
5050 		struct fw_vi_mac_exact *p;
5051 		int i;
5052 
5053 		memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5054 		c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) |
5055 				     F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5056 				     F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
5057 				     V_FW_CMD_EXEC(free) |
5058 				     V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VIID(viid));
5059 		c.freemacs_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_FREEMACS(free) |
5060 					    V_FW_CMD_LEN16(len16));
5061 
5062 		for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
5063 			p->valid_to_idx = htons(
5064 				F_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VALID |
5065 				V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(FW_VI_MAC_ADD_MAC));
5066 			memcpy(p->macaddr, addr[offset+i], sizeof(p->macaddr));
5067 		}
5068 
5069 		/*
5070 		 * It's okay if we run out of space in our MAC address arena.
5071 		 * Some of the addresses we submit may get stored so we need
5072 		 * to run through the reply to see what the results were ...
5073 		 */
5074 		ret = t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c, sleep_ok);
5075 		if (ret && ret != -FW_ENOMEM)
5076 			break;
5077 
5078 		for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
5079 			u16 index = G_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(ntohs(p->valid_to_idx));
5080 
5081 			if (idx)
5082 				idx[offset+i] = (index >=  max_naddr
5083 						 ? 0xffff
5084 						 : index);
5085 			if (index < max_naddr)
5086 				nfilters++;
5087 			else if (hash)
5088 				*hash |= (1ULL << hash_mac_addr(addr[offset+i]));
5089 		}
5090 
5091 		free = false;
5092 		offset += fw_naddr;
5093 		rem -= fw_naddr;
5094 	}
5095 
5096 	if (ret == 0 || ret == -FW_ENOMEM)
5097 		ret = nfilters;
5098 	return ret;
5099 }
5100 
5101 /**
5102  *	t4_change_mac - modifies the exact-match filter for a MAC address
5103  *	@adap: the adapter
5104  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5105  *	@viid: the VI id
5106  *	@idx: index of existing filter for old value of MAC address, or -1
5107  *	@addr: the new MAC address value
5108  *	@persist: whether a new MAC allocation should be persistent
5109  *	@add_smt: if true also add the address to the HW SMT
5110  *
5111  *	Modifies an exact-match filter and sets it to the new MAC address if
5112  *	@idx >= 0, or adds the MAC address to a new filter if @idx < 0.  In the
5113  *	latter case the address is added persistently if @persist is %true.
5114  *
5115  *	Note that in general it is not possible to modify the value of a given
5116  *	filter so the generic way to modify an address filter is to free the one
5117  *	being used by the old address value and allocate a new filter for the
5118  *	new address value.
5119  *
5120  *	Returns a negative error number or the index of the filter with the new
5121  *	MAC value.  Note that this index may differ from @idx.
5122  */
t4_change_mac(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,int idx,const u8 * addr,bool persist,bool add_smt)5123 int t4_change_mac(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5124 		  int idx, const u8 *addr, bool persist, bool add_smt)
5125 {
5126 	int ret, mode;
5127 	struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
5128 	struct fw_vi_mac_exact *p = c.u.exact;
5129 	unsigned int max_mac_addr = is_t4(adap) ?
5130 				    NUM_MPS_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES :
5131 				    NUM_MPS_T5_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
5132 
5133 	if (idx < 0)                             /* new allocation */
5134 		idx = persist ? FW_VI_MAC_ADD_PERSIST_MAC : FW_VI_MAC_ADD_MAC;
5135 	mode = add_smt ? FW_VI_MAC_SMT_AND_MPSTCAM : FW_VI_MAC_MPS_TCAM_ENTRY;
5136 
5137 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5138 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5139 			     F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VIID(viid));
5140 	c.freemacs_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_CMD_LEN16(1));
5141 	p->valid_to_idx = htons(F_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VALID |
5142 				V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_SMAC_RESULT(mode) |
5143 				V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(idx));
5144 	memcpy(p->macaddr, addr, sizeof(p->macaddr));
5145 
5146 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
5147 	if (ret == 0) {
5148 		ret = G_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(ntohs(p->valid_to_idx));
5149 		if (ret >= max_mac_addr)
5150 			ret = -ENOMEM;
5151 	}
5152 	return ret;
5153 }
5154 
5155 /**
5156  *	t4_set_addr_hash - program the MAC inexact-match hash filter
5157  *	@adap: the adapter
5158  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5159  *	@viid: the VI id
5160  *	@ucast: whether the hash filter should also match unicast addresses
5161  *	@vec: the value to be written to the hash filter
5162  *	@sleep_ok: call is allowed to sleep
5163  *
5164  *	Sets the 64-bit inexact-match hash filter for a virtual interface.
5165  */
t4_set_addr_hash(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,bool ucast,u64 vec,bool sleep_ok)5166 int t4_set_addr_hash(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5167 		     bool ucast, u64 vec, bool sleep_ok)
5168 {
5169 	struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
5170 
5171 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5172 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5173 			     F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID(viid));
5174 	c.freemacs_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_HASHVECEN |
5175 				    V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_HASHUNIEN(ucast) |
5176 				    V_FW_CMD_LEN16(1));
5177 	c.u.hash.hashvec = cpu_to_be64(vec);
5178 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL, sleep_ok);
5179 }
5180 
5181 /**
5182  *	t4_enable_vi - enable/disable a virtual interface
5183  *	@adap: the adapter
5184  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5185  *	@viid: the VI id
5186  *	@rx_en: 1=enable Rx, 0=disable Rx
5187  *	@tx_en: 1=enable Tx, 0=disable Tx
5188  *
5189  *	Enables/disables a virtual interface.
5190  */
t4_enable_vi(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,bool rx_en,bool tx_en)5191 int t4_enable_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5192 		 bool rx_en, bool tx_en)
5193 {
5194 	struct fw_vi_enable_cmd c;
5195 
5196 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5197 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5198 			     F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID(viid));
5199 	c.ien_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_IEN(rx_en) |
5200 			       V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_EEN(tx_en) | FW_LEN16(c));
5201 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5202 }
5203 
5204 /**
5205  *	t4_identify_port - identify a VI's port by blinking its LED
5206  *	@adap: the adapter
5207  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5208  *	@viid: the VI id
5209  *	@nblinks: how many times to blink LED at 2.5 Hz
5210  *
5211  *	Identifies a VI's port by blinking its LED.
5212  */
t4_identify_port(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,unsigned int nblinks)5213 int t4_identify_port(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5214 		     unsigned int nblinks)
5215 {
5216 	struct fw_vi_enable_cmd c;
5217 
5218 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5219 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5220 			     F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID(viid));
5221 	c.ien_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_LED | FW_LEN16(c));
5222 	c.blinkdur = htons(nblinks);
5223 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5224 }
5225 
5226 /**
5227  *	t4_iq_start_stop - enable/disable an ingress queue and its FLs
5228  *	@adap: the adapter
5229  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5230  *	@start: %true to enable the queues, %false to disable them
5231  *	@pf: the PF owning the queues
5232  *	@vf: the VF owning the queues
5233  *	@iqid: ingress queue id
5234  *	@fl0id: FL0 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL0
5235  *	@fl1id: FL1 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL1
5236  *
5237  *	Starts or stops an ingress queue and its associated FLs, if any.
5238  */
t4_iq_start_stop(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,bool start,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int iqid,unsigned int fl0id,unsigned int fl1id)5239 int t4_iq_start_stop(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, bool start,
5240 		     unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf, unsigned int iqid,
5241 		     unsigned int fl0id, unsigned int fl1id)
5242 {
5243 	struct fw_iq_cmd c;
5244 
5245 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5246 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_IQ_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5247 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_IQ_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5248 			    V_FW_IQ_CMD_VFN(vf));
5249 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_IQ_CMD_IQSTART(start) |
5250 				 V_FW_IQ_CMD_IQSTOP(!start) | FW_LEN16(c));
5251 	c.iqid = htons(iqid);
5252 	c.fl0id = htons(fl0id);
5253 	c.fl1id = htons(fl1id);
5254 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5255 }
5256 
5257 /**
5258  *	t4_iq_free - free an ingress queue and its FLs
5259  *	@adap: the adapter
5260  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5261  *	@pf: the PF owning the queues
5262  *	@vf: the VF owning the queues
5263  *	@iqtype: the ingress queue type (FW_IQ_TYPE_FL_INT_CAP, etc.)
5264  *	@iqid: ingress queue id
5265  *	@fl0id: FL0 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL0
5266  *	@fl1id: FL1 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL1
5267  *
5268  *	Frees an ingress queue and its associated FLs, if any.
5269  */
t4_iq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int iqtype,unsigned int iqid,unsigned int fl0id,unsigned int fl1id)5270 int t4_iq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5271 	       unsigned int vf, unsigned int iqtype, unsigned int iqid,
5272 	       unsigned int fl0id, unsigned int fl1id)
5273 {
5274 	struct fw_iq_cmd c;
5275 
5276 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5277 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_IQ_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5278 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_IQ_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5279 			    V_FW_IQ_CMD_VFN(vf));
5280 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_IQ_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5281 	c.type_to_iqandstindex = htonl(V_FW_IQ_CMD_TYPE(iqtype));
5282 	c.iqid = htons(iqid);
5283 	c.fl0id = htons(fl0id);
5284 	c.fl1id = htons(fl1id);
5285 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5286 }
5287 
5288 /**
5289  *	t4_eth_eq_free - free an Ethernet egress queue
5290  *	@adap: the adapter
5291  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5292  *	@pf: the PF owning the queue
5293  *	@vf: the VF owning the queue
5294  *	@eqid: egress queue id
5295  *
5296  *	Frees an Ethernet egress queue.
5297  */
t4_eth_eq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int eqid)5298 int t4_eth_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5299 		   unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
5300 {
5301 	struct fw_eq_eth_cmd c;
5302 
5303 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5304 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_EQ_ETH_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5305 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5306 			    V_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_VFN(vf));
5307 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5308 	c.eqid_pkd = htonl(V_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_EQID(eqid));
5309 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5310 }
5311 
5312 /**
5313  *	t4_ctrl_eq_free - free a control egress queue
5314  *	@adap: the adapter
5315  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5316  *	@pf: the PF owning the queue
5317  *	@vf: the VF owning the queue
5318  *	@eqid: egress queue id
5319  *
5320  *	Frees a control egress queue.
5321  */
t4_ctrl_eq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int eqid)5322 int t4_ctrl_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5323 		    unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
5324 {
5325 	struct fw_eq_ctrl_cmd c;
5326 
5327 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5328 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5329 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5330 			    V_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_VFN(vf));
5331 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5332 	c.cmpliqid_eqid = htonl(V_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_EQID(eqid));
5333 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5334 }
5335 
5336 /**
5337  *	t4_ofld_eq_free - free an offload egress queue
5338  *	@adap: the adapter
5339  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5340  *	@pf: the PF owning the queue
5341  *	@vf: the VF owning the queue
5342  *	@eqid: egress queue id
5343  *
5344  *	Frees a control egress queue.
5345  */
t4_ofld_eq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int eqid)5346 int t4_ofld_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5347 		    unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
5348 {
5349 	struct fw_eq_ofld_cmd c;
5350 
5351 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5352 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5353 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5354 			    V_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_VFN(vf));
5355 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5356 	c.eqid_pkd = htonl(V_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_EQID(eqid));
5357 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5358 }
5359 
5360 /**
5361  *	t4_handle_fw_rpl - process a FW reply message
5362  *	@adap: the adapter
5363  *	@rpl: start of the FW message
5364  *
5365  *	Processes a FW message, such as link state change messages.
5366  */
t4_handle_fw_rpl(struct adapter * adap,const __be64 * rpl)5367 int t4_handle_fw_rpl(struct adapter *adap, const __be64 *rpl)
5368 {
5369 	u8 opcode = *(const u8 *)rpl;
5370 	const struct fw_port_cmd *p = (const void *)rpl;
5371 	unsigned int action = G_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(ntohl(p->action_to_len16));
5372 
5373 	if (opcode == FW_PORT_CMD && action == FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO) {
5374 		/* link/module state change message */
5375 		int speed = 0, fc = 0, i;
5376 		int chan = G_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(ntohl(p->op_to_portid));
5377 		struct port_info *pi = NULL;
5378 		struct link_config *lc;
5379 		u32 stat = ntohl(p->u.info.lstatus_to_modtype);
5380 		int link_ok = (stat & F_FW_PORT_CMD_LSTATUS) != 0;
5381 		u32 mod = G_FW_PORT_CMD_MODTYPE(stat);
5382 
5383 		if (stat & F_FW_PORT_CMD_RXPAUSE)
5384 			fc |= PAUSE_RX;
5385 		if (stat & F_FW_PORT_CMD_TXPAUSE)
5386 			fc |= PAUSE_TX;
5387 		if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100M))
5388 			speed = SPEED_100;
5389 		else if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_1G))
5390 			speed = SPEED_1000;
5391 		else if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_10G))
5392 			speed = SPEED_10000;
5393 		else if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_40G))
5394 			speed = SPEED_40000;
5395 
5396 		for_each_port(adap, i) {
5397 			pi = adap2pinfo(adap, i);
5398 			if (pi->tx_chan == chan)
5399 				break;
5400 		}
5401 		lc = &pi->link_cfg;
5402 
5403 		if (link_ok != lc->link_ok || speed != lc->speed ||
5404 		    fc != lc->fc) {                    /* something changed */
5405 			int reason;
5406 
5407 			if (!link_ok && lc->link_ok)
5408 				reason = G_FW_PORT_CMD_LINKDNRC(stat);
5409 			else
5410 				reason = -1;
5411 
5412 			lc->link_ok = link_ok;
5413 			lc->speed = speed;
5414 			lc->fc = fc;
5415 			lc->supported = ntohs(p->u.info.pcap);
5416 			t4_os_link_changed(adap, i, link_ok, reason);
5417 		}
5418 		if (mod != pi->mod_type) {
5419 			pi->mod_type = mod;
5420 			t4_os_portmod_changed(adap, i);
5421 		}
5422 	} else {
5423 		CH_WARN_RATELIMIT(adap,
5424 		    "Unknown firmware reply 0x%x (0x%x)\n", opcode, action);
5425 		return -EINVAL;
5426 	}
5427 	return 0;
5428 }
5429 
5430 /**
5431  *	get_pci_mode - determine a card's PCI mode
5432  *	@adapter: the adapter
5433  *	@p: where to store the PCI settings
5434  *
5435  *	Determines a card's PCI mode and associated parameters, such as speed
5436  *	and width.
5437  */
get_pci_mode(struct adapter * adapter,struct pci_params * p)5438 static void __devinit get_pci_mode(struct adapter *adapter,
5439 				   struct pci_params *p)
5440 {
5441 	u16 val;
5442 	u32 pcie_cap;
5443 
5444 	pcie_cap = t4_os_find_pci_capability(adapter, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
5445 	if (pcie_cap) {
5446 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &val);
5447 		p->speed = val & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS;
5448 		p->width = (val & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW) >> 4;
5449 	}
5450 }
5451 
5452 /**
5453  *	init_link_config - initialize a link's SW state
5454  *	@lc: structure holding the link state
5455  *	@caps: link capabilities
5456  *
5457  *	Initializes the SW state maintained for each link, including the link's
5458  *	capabilities and default speed/flow-control/autonegotiation settings.
5459  */
init_link_config(struct link_config * lc,unsigned int caps)5460 static void __devinit init_link_config(struct link_config *lc,
5461 				       unsigned int caps)
5462 {
5463 	lc->supported = caps;
5464 	lc->requested_speed = 0;
5465 	lc->speed = 0;
5466 	lc->requested_fc = lc->fc = PAUSE_RX | PAUSE_TX;
5467 	if (lc->supported & FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG) {
5468 		lc->advertising = lc->supported & ADVERT_MASK;
5469 		lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_ENABLE;
5470 		lc->requested_fc |= PAUSE_AUTONEG;
5471 	} else {
5472 		lc->advertising = 0;
5473 		lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_DISABLE;
5474 	}
5475 }
5476 
get_flash_params(struct adapter * adapter)5477 static int __devinit get_flash_params(struct adapter *adapter)
5478 {
5479 	int ret;
5480 	u32 info = 0;
5481 
5482 	ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 1, 0, SF_RD_ID);
5483 	if (!ret)
5484 		ret = sf1_read(adapter, 3, 0, 1, &info);
5485 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);               /* unlock SF */
5486 	if (ret < 0)
5487 		return ret;
5488 
5489 	if ((info & 0xff) != 0x20)             /* not a Numonix flash */
5490 		return -EINVAL;
5491 	info >>= 16;                           /* log2 of size */
5492 	if (info >= 0x14 && info < 0x18)
5493 		adapter->params.sf_nsec = 1 << (info - 16);
5494 	else if (info == 0x18)
5495 		adapter->params.sf_nsec = 64;
5496 	else
5497 		return -EINVAL;
5498 	adapter->params.sf_size = 1 << info;
5499 	return 0;
5500 }
5501 
set_pcie_completion_timeout(struct adapter * adapter,u8 range)5502 static void __devinit set_pcie_completion_timeout(struct adapter *adapter,
5503 						  u8 range)
5504 {
5505 	u16 val;
5506 	u32 pcie_cap;
5507 
5508 	pcie_cap = t4_os_find_pci_capability(adapter, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
5509 	if (pcie_cap) {
5510 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, &val);
5511 		val &= 0xfff0;
5512 		val |= range ;
5513 		t4_os_pci_write_cfg2(adapter, pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, val);
5514 	}
5515 }
5516 
5517 /**
5518  *	t4_prep_adapter - prepare SW and HW for operation
5519  *	@adapter: the adapter
5520  *	@reset: if true perform a HW reset
5521  *
5522  *	Initialize adapter SW state for the various HW modules, set initial
5523  *	values for some adapter tunables, take PHYs out of reset, and
5524  *	initialize the MDIO interface.
5525  */
t4_prep_adapter(struct adapter * adapter)5526 int __devinit t4_prep_adapter(struct adapter *adapter)
5527 {
5528 	int ret;
5529 	uint16_t device_id;
5530 	uint32_t pl_rev;
5531 
5532 	get_pci_mode(adapter, &adapter->params.pci);
5533 
5534 	pl_rev = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_REV);
5535 	adapter->params.chipid = G_CHIPID(pl_rev);
5536 	adapter->params.rev = G_REV(pl_rev);
5537 	if (adapter->params.chipid == 0) {
5538 		/* T4 did not have chipid in PL_REV (T5 onwards do) */
5539 		adapter->params.chipid = CHELSIO_T4;
5540 
5541 		/* T4A1 chip is not supported */
5542 		if (adapter->params.rev == 1) {
5543 			CH_ALERT(adapter, "T4 rev 1 chip is not supported.\n");
5544 			return -EINVAL;
5545 		}
5546 	}
5547 	adapter->params.pci.vpd_cap_addr =
5548 	    t4_os_find_pci_capability(adapter, PCI_CAP_ID_VPD);
5549 
5550 	ret = get_flash_params(adapter);
5551 	if (ret < 0)
5552 		return ret;
5553 
5554 	ret = get_vpd_params(adapter, &adapter->params.vpd);
5555 	if (ret < 0)
5556 		return ret;
5557 
5558 	/* Cards with real ASICs have the chipid in the PCIe device id */
5559 	t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, PCI_DEVICE_ID, &device_id);
5560 	if (device_id >> 12 == adapter->params.chipid)
5561 		adapter->params.cim_la_size = CIMLA_SIZE;
5562 	else {
5563 		/* FPGA */
5564 		adapter->params.fpga = 1;
5565 		adapter->params.cim_la_size = 2 * CIMLA_SIZE;
5566 	}
5567 
5568 	init_cong_ctrl(adapter->params.a_wnd, adapter->params.b_wnd);
5569 
5570 	/*
5571 	 * Default port and clock for debugging in case we can't reach FW.
5572 	 */
5573 	adapter->params.nports = 1;
5574 	adapter->params.portvec = 1;
5575 	adapter->params.vpd.cclk = 50000;
5576 
5577 	/* Set pci completion timeout value to 4 seconds. */
5578 	set_pcie_completion_timeout(adapter, 0xd);
5579 	return 0;
5580 }
5581 
5582 /**
5583  *	t4_init_tp_params - initialize adap->params.tp
5584  *	@adap: the adapter
5585  *
5586  *	Initialize various fields of the adapter's TP Parameters structure.
5587  */
t4_init_tp_params(struct adapter * adap)5588 int __devinit t4_init_tp_params(struct adapter *adap)
5589 {
5590 	int chan;
5591 	u32 v;
5592 
5593 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TIMER_RESOLUTION);
5594 	adap->params.tp.tre = G_TIMERRESOLUTION(v);
5595 	adap->params.tp.dack_re = G_DELAYEDACKRESOLUTION(v);
5596 
5597 	/* MODQ_REQ_MAP defaults to setting queues 0-3 to chan 0-3 */
5598 	for (chan = 0; chan < NCHAN; chan++)
5599 		adap->params.tp.tx_modq[chan] = chan;
5600 
5601 	/*
5602 	 * Cache the adapter's Compressed Filter Mode and global Incress
5603 	 * Configuration.
5604 	 */
5605         t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
5606                          &adap->params.tp.vlan_pri_map, 1,
5607                          A_TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP);
5608 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
5609 			 &adap->params.tp.ingress_config, 1,
5610 			 A_TP_INGRESS_CONFIG);
5611 
5612 	/*
5613 	 * Now that we have TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP cached, we can calculate the field
5614 	 * shift positions of several elements of the Compressed Filter Tuple
5615 	 * for this adapter which we need frequently ...
5616 	 */
5617 	adap->params.tp.vlan_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_VLAN);
5618 	adap->params.tp.vnic_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_VNIC_ID);
5619 	adap->params.tp.port_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_PORT);
5620 	adap->params.tp.protocol_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_PROTOCOL);
5621 
5622 	/*
5623 	 * If TP_INGRESS_CONFIG.VNID == 0, then TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP.VNIC_ID
5624 	 * represents the presense of an Outer VLAN instead of a VNIC ID.
5625 	 */
5626 	if ((adap->params.tp.ingress_config & F_VNIC) == 0)
5627 		adap->params.tp.vnic_shift = -1;
5628 
5629 	return 0;
5630 }
5631 
5632 /**
5633  *	t4_filter_field_shift - calculate filter field shift
5634  *	@adap: the adapter
5635  *	@filter_sel: the desired field (from TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP bits)
5636  *
5637  *	Return the shift position of a filter field within the Compressed
5638  *	Filter Tuple.  The filter field is specified via its selection bit
5639  *	within TP_VLAN_PRI_MAL (filter mode).  E.g. F_VLAN.
5640  */
t4_filter_field_shift(const struct adapter * adap,int filter_sel)5641 int t4_filter_field_shift(const struct adapter *adap, int filter_sel)
5642 {
5643 	unsigned int filter_mode = adap->params.tp.vlan_pri_map;
5644 	unsigned int sel;
5645 	int field_shift;
5646 
5647 	if ((filter_mode & filter_sel) == 0)
5648 		return -1;
5649 
5650 	for (sel = 1, field_shift = 0; sel < filter_sel; sel <<= 1) {
5651 	    switch (filter_mode & sel) {
5652 		case F_FCOE:          field_shift += W_FT_FCOE;          break;
5653 		case F_PORT:          field_shift += W_FT_PORT;          break;
5654 		case F_VNIC_ID:       field_shift += W_FT_VNIC_ID;       break;
5655 		case F_VLAN:          field_shift += W_FT_VLAN;          break;
5656 		case F_TOS:           field_shift += W_FT_TOS;           break;
5657 		case F_PROTOCOL:      field_shift += W_FT_PROTOCOL;      break;
5658 		case F_ETHERTYPE:     field_shift += W_FT_ETHERTYPE;     break;
5659 		case F_MACMATCH:      field_shift += W_FT_MACMATCH;      break;
5660 		case F_MPSHITTYPE:    field_shift += W_FT_MPSHITTYPE;    break;
5661 		case F_FRAGMENTATION: field_shift += W_FT_FRAGMENTATION; break;
5662 	    }
5663 	}
5664 	return field_shift;
5665 }
5666 
t4_port_init(struct port_info * p,int mbox,int pf,int vf)5667 int __devinit t4_port_init(struct port_info *p, int mbox, int pf, int vf)
5668 {
5669 	u8 addr[6];
5670 	int ret, i, j;
5671 	struct fw_port_cmd c;
5672 	unsigned int rss_size;
5673 	adapter_t *adap = p->adapter;
5674 
5675 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5676 
5677 	for (i = 0, j = -1; i <= p->port_id; i++) {
5678 		do {
5679 			j++;
5680 		} while ((adap->params.portvec & (1 << j)) == 0);
5681 	}
5682 
5683 	c.op_to_portid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PORT_CMD) |
5684 			       F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_READ |
5685 			       V_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(j));
5686 	c.action_to_len16 = htonl(
5687 		V_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO) |
5688 		FW_LEN16(c));
5689 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
5690 	if (ret)
5691 		return ret;
5692 
5693 	ret = t4_alloc_vi(adap, mbox, j, pf, vf, 1, addr, &rss_size);
5694 	if (ret < 0)
5695 		return ret;
5696 
5697 	p->viid = ret;
5698 	p->tx_chan = j;
5699 	p->rx_chan_map = get_mps_bg_map(adap, j);
5700 	p->lport = j;
5701 	p->rss_size = rss_size;
5702 	t4_os_set_hw_addr(adap, p->port_id, addr);
5703 
5704 	ret = ntohl(c.u.info.lstatus_to_modtype);
5705 	p->mdio_addr = (ret & F_FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOCAP) ?
5706 		G_FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOADDR(ret) : -1;
5707 	p->port_type = G_FW_PORT_CMD_PTYPE(ret);
5708 	p->mod_type = G_FW_PORT_CMD_MODTYPE(ret);
5709 
5710 	init_link_config(&p->link_cfg, ntohs(c.u.info.pcap));
5711 
5712 	return 0;
5713 }
5714 
t4_sched_config(struct adapter * adapter,int type,int minmaxen)5715 int t4_sched_config(struct adapter *adapter, int type, int minmaxen)
5716 {
5717 	struct fw_sched_cmd cmd;
5718 
5719 	memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
5720 	cmd.op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_SCHED_CMD) |
5721 				      F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5722 				      F_FW_CMD_WRITE);
5723 	cmd.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(cmd));
5724 
5725 	cmd.u.config.sc = FW_SCHED_SC_CONFIG;
5726 	cmd.u.config.type = type;
5727 	cmd.u.config.minmaxen = minmaxen;
5728 
5729 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adapter,adapter->mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd),
5730 			       NULL, 1);
5731 }
5732 
t4_sched_params(struct adapter * adapter,int type,int level,int mode,int rateunit,int ratemode,int channel,int cl,int minrate,int maxrate,int weight,int pktsize)5733 int t4_sched_params(struct adapter *adapter, int type, int level, int mode,
5734 		    int rateunit, int ratemode, int channel, int cl,
5735 		    int minrate, int maxrate, int weight, int pktsize)
5736 {
5737 	struct fw_sched_cmd cmd;
5738 
5739 	memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
5740 	cmd.op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_SCHED_CMD) |
5741 				      F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5742 				      F_FW_CMD_WRITE);
5743 	cmd.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(cmd));
5744 
5745 	cmd.u.params.sc = FW_SCHED_SC_PARAMS;
5746 	cmd.u.params.type = type;
5747 	cmd.u.params.level = level;
5748 	cmd.u.params.mode = mode;
5749 	cmd.u.params.ch = channel;
5750 	cmd.u.params.cl = cl;
5751 	cmd.u.params.unit = rateunit;
5752 	cmd.u.params.rate = ratemode;
5753 	cmd.u.params.min = cpu_to_be32(minrate);
5754 	cmd.u.params.max = cpu_to_be32(maxrate);
5755 	cmd.u.params.weight = cpu_to_be16(weight);
5756 	cmd.u.params.pktsize = cpu_to_be16(pktsize);
5757 
5758 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adapter,adapter->mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd),
5759 			       NULL, 1);
5760 }
5761